1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17383 38807))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17496 38721))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17505 62421))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17549 4607))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17390 26934))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
631 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
632 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
633 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
634 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
636 Topic-oriented Encryption:
637 -------------------------
638 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
642 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
643 and establish a default file-var setting
645 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
646 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
647 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
648 buffer with name derived from derived from that
649 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
650 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
651 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
652 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
654 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
659 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
660 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
661 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
662 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
663 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
664 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
665 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
666 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
667 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
668 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
670 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
671 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
690 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
691 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
692 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
693 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
697 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
699 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
700 contain and be contained by other topics.
702 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
703 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
704 containment. Also called the:
705 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
708 The topics that contain a topic.
709 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
712 The topics contained by a topic;
714 An immediate offspring of a topic;
716 The immediate offspring of a topic.
718 Topics having the same parent and depth.
720 Topic text constituents:
722 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
724 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
725 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
726 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
727 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
728 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
730 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
733 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
734 It can be customized by changing the setting of
735 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
737 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
738 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
739 program code without interfering with the language processing
740 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
741 docstring for more detail.
743 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
744 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
745 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
746 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
747 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
748 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
749 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
751 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
756 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
757 of its offspring and contained text.
759 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
760 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
762 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
763 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
764 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
766 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
768 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
770 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
771 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
773 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
774 setup for auto-startup.
776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
780 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
781 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17390 26944))
782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
784 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
786 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
787 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
788 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
789 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
790 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
791 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
793 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
795 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
798 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
802 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
803 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
806 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
807 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
808 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
809 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
810 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
811 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
812 in the current window.
814 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
816 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
817 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
818 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
820 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
822 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
823 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
824 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
826 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
831 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
834 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
835 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
839 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
840 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
842 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
843 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
844 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
845 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
847 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
848 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
850 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
852 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
856 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
857 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17490 7905))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
860 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
861 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
862 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
863 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
864 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
867 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
868 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
869 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
872 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
873 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
874 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
875 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
879 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
880 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
885 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
886 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
887 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
893 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
894 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
895 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
896 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17569 17797))
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
899 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
900 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
901 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
902 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
904 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
906 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
907 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
909 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
911 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
912 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
914 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
916 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
917 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
918 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
920 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
922 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
923 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
924 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
926 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
928 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
929 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
930 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
932 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
934 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
935 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
936 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
938 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
940 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
941 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
942 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
944 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
946 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
952 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
957 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
968 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
969 appointment package (if it is not already active).
973 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
974 Toggle checking of appointments.
975 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
976 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
982 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
983 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
984 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17478 25206))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
987 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
988 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
989 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
990 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
992 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
993 kind of objects to search.
995 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
997 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
998 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1007 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1009 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1011 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1012 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1013 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1014 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1015 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1016 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1018 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1019 noninteractive functions.
1021 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1022 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1024 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1025 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1027 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1029 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1030 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1032 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1034 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1035 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1036 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1037 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1039 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1040 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1041 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1042 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1044 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1045 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1047 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1049 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1051 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1052 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1059 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1060 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1062 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1064 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1065 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1066 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1067 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1068 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1069 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1071 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1072 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1074 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17549
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1084 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1085 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1086 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1087 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1088 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1089 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1091 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1092 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 \\{archive-mode-map}
1097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1101 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17374 21266))
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1104 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1105 Major mode for editing arrays.
1107 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1108 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1109 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1111 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1113 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1114 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1115 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1117 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1118 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1119 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1120 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 Variables you assign:
1124 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1125 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1126 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1127 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1128 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1129 row numbers in the buffer.
1131 Variables which are calculated:
1132 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1133 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1135 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1136 take a numeric prefix argument):
1138 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1139 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1140 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1141 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1143 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1144 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1145 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1146 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1148 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1149 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1150 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1151 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1153 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1154 between that of point and mark.
1156 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1157 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1159 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1160 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1161 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1162 newlines inside rows)
1164 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1166 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17524
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1176 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1177 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1178 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1179 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1181 How to quit artist mode
1183 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1186 How to submit a bug report
1188 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1191 Drawing with the mouse:
1194 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1195 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1199 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1203 --------------------------------------------------------------
1204 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1233 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1237 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1238 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1239 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1243 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1244 overwrite means the opposite.
1246 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1247 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1248 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1250 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1252 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1253 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1255 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1256 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1257 are currently drawing something.
1259 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1263 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1264 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1269 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1271 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1273 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1275 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1277 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1278 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1280 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1285 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1286 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1287 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1288 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1289 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1290 When pasting: Pastes
1292 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1294 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1296 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1297 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1298 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1299 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1300 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1301 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1306 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1307 of the line/poly-line
1309 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1310 of the line/poly-line
1315 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1317 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1318 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1319 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1320 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1321 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1322 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1323 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1324 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1325 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1326 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1327 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1328 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1329 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1330 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1332 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1333 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1334 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1335 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1336 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1341 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1342 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1344 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1345 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1346 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1347 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1348 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1349 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1350 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1351 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1352 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1353 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1354 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1355 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1356 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1357 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1358 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1359 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1360 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1361 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1362 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1366 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1367 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1374 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17490
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1382 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1383 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1384 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1386 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1387 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1388 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1391 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1392 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1394 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1395 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1397 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1407 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1410 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1413 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1415 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1416 This command is obsolete.
1422 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1423 ;;;;;; (17390 26935))
1424 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1426 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1427 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1428 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1430 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1432 (put (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1434 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1435 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1436 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1437 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1438 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1439 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1440 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1441 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1442 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1443 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1446 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1447 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1448 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1449 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1450 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1452 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1456 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1457 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1458 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1460 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1462 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1464 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1466 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1467 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1468 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1469 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1470 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1471 &c to supply digit arguments.
1473 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1479 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1483 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1484 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1491 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17390 26935))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1494 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1495 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1496 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1500 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1501 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1502 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1503 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1505 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1507 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1508 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1511 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1513 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1515 (put (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1517 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1518 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1519 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1520 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1522 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1523 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1530 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1531 ;;;;;; (17591 9874))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1534 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1535 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1536 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1537 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1538 save the buffer too.
1540 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1542 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1544 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1545 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1546 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1547 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1548 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1549 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1551 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1552 directory or directories specified.
1554 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1556 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1557 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1558 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1565 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1566 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17505 62410))
1567 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1569 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1570 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1572 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1573 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1574 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1575 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1576 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1580 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1581 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1583 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1584 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1588 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1590 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1592 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1593 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1594 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1595 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1596 reflected in the current buffer.
1598 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1599 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1600 writing before you save the file!
1602 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1606 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1607 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1609 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1610 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1614 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1615 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1616 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1618 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1620 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1622 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1623 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1625 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1626 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1627 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1633 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1634 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17505 62395))
1635 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1637 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1638 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1639 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1641 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1643 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1645 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1646 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1647 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1648 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1650 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1651 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1652 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1654 Effects of the different modes:
1655 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1656 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1657 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1658 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1659 a random distance & direction.
1660 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1661 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1662 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1664 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1666 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1667 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1668 definition of \"random distance\".)
1670 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1675 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1678 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1679 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1681 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1682 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1686 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1687 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1688 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1689 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1691 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1693 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1695 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1699 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1700 ;;;;;; (17505 62422))
1701 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1702 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1704 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1705 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1706 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1707 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1711 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1712 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1717 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery")
1719 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1720 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1721 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1722 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1723 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1731 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1734 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1735 Time execution of FORMS.
1736 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1737 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1739 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1740 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1741 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1743 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1745 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1746 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1747 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1748 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1749 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1751 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1753 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1754 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1755 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1756 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1757 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1759 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1763 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17549
1765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1767 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1768 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1770 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1772 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1773 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1774 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1775 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1777 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1778 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1779 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1780 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1781 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1783 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1784 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1787 Special information:
1789 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1791 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1792 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1793 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1794 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1795 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1796 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1797 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1798 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1799 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1800 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1801 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1803 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1804 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1805 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1806 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1807 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1808 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1809 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1810 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1812 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1814 ----------------------------------------------------------
1815 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1816 if that value is non-nil.
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1825 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1826 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1829 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1831 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1832 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1833 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1835 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1837 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1838 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1840 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1842 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1843 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1845 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1849 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1853 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1855 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1859 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1860 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1861 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1862 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1863 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1868 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1869 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1872 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1875 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1876 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1878 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1879 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1881 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1882 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1883 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1884 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1885 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1886 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1890 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1892 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1893 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1894 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1895 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1897 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1898 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1899 denoted by the letter `R'.
1901 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1902 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1903 denoted by the letter `H'.
1905 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1908 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1909 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1910 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1911 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1912 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1913 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1916 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1917 degree deflection it causes.
1920 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1922 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1923 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1924 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1927 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1930 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1931 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1937 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1944 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1945 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1946 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1947 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1948 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1949 emerging from the box.
1951 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1956 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1958 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1962 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1969 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1970 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1971 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1972 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1974 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1975 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1976 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1978 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1979 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1980 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1981 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1982 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1983 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1984 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
1985 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
1986 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
1987 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
1988 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
1989 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
1990 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
1991 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
1992 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
1993 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
1994 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
1995 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
1996 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
1998 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1999 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2000 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2001 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2002 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2003 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2004 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2005 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2008 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2009 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2010 yank successive words.
2012 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2013 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2014 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2015 name of the file being visited.
2017 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2018 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2019 the list of bookmarks.)
2021 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2023 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2024 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2025 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2026 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2027 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2030 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2031 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2032 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2033 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2035 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2037 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2038 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2039 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2040 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2041 after a bookmark was set in it.
2043 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2045 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2046 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2047 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2048 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2050 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2052 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2055 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2056 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2057 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2059 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2060 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2061 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2063 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2064 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2067 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2069 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2070 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2076 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2078 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2079 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2080 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2081 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2082 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2083 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2084 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2085 probably because we were called from there.
2087 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2090 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2091 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2095 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2096 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2097 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2098 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2101 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2102 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2103 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2104 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2105 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2107 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2108 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2109 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2110 `bookmark-default-file'.
2112 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2114 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2115 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2116 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2117 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2118 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2121 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2122 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2123 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2124 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2125 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2128 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2129 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2130 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2131 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2133 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2135 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2136 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2137 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2138 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2139 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2143 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2145 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2147 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2149 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2153 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2160 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2161 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2162 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17524 8597))
2163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2165 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2166 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2167 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2168 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2170 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2171 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2172 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2173 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2174 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2176 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2178 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2179 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2181 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2183 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2184 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2186 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2188 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2193 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2194 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2195 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2196 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2197 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2198 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2200 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2202 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2203 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2204 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2205 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2208 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2210 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2211 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2215 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2218 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2220 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2221 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2222 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2223 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2225 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2229 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2230 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2234 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2235 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2236 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2237 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2238 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2244 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2245 Default to the URL around or before point.
2247 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2248 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2249 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2250 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2253 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2255 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2256 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2257 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2263 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2264 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2266 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2267 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2268 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2269 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2276 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2280 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2281 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2282 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2283 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2285 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2286 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2287 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2288 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2291 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2292 new tab in an existing window instead.
2294 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2295 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2299 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2300 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2302 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2305 When called interactively, if variable
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2307 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2308 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2309 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2312 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2313 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2316 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2319 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2320 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2321 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2322 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2323 URL in a new window.
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2327 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2332 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2333 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2334 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2335 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2338 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2339 new tab in an existing window instead.
2341 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2342 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2349 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2351 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2352 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2353 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2354 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2357 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2365 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2366 program is invoked according to the variable
2367 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2369 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2370 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2371 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2372 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2375 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2381 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2382 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2384 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2386 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point.
2390 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2391 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2392 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2400 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2406 Default to the URL around or before point.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point.
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2416 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2419 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2424 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2425 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2426 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2428 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2433 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2434 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2441 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2443 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2444 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2445 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2449 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2460 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2461 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2462 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2463 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2468 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2469 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2479 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2480 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2481 don't offer a form of remote control.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17383
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2497 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2498 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2502 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2503 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2509 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2510 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17396 42170))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2513 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2514 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2515 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2516 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2520 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2521 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2522 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2523 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2527 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2528 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2532 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2533 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2535 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2536 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2537 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2538 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2540 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2541 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2542 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2543 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2544 name of buffer configuration.
2550 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2551 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2553 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2555 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2556 Keymap used by buttons.")
2558 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2559 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2560 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2562 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2563 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2564 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2565 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2566 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2567 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2569 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2570 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2571 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2572 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2574 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2576 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2577 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2578 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2579 specifying properties to add to the button.
2580 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2581 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2582 `define-button-type'.
2584 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2586 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2588 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2589 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2590 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2591 specifying properties to add to the button.
2592 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2593 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2594 `define-button-type'.
2596 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2598 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2600 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2601 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2602 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2603 specifying properties to add to the button.
2604 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2605 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2606 `define-button-type'.
2608 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2609 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2610 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2613 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2615 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2617 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2618 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2619 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2620 specifying properties to add to the button.
2621 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2622 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2623 `define-button-type'.
2625 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2626 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2627 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2628 `insert-text-button'.
2630 Also see `make-text-button'.
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2637 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2638 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2639 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2640 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17591 9570))
2641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2642 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2643 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2645 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2650 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2651 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2652 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2654 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2656 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2657 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2658 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2659 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2661 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2662 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2663 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2664 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2665 whether to compile it.
2667 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2669 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2670 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2672 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2673 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2675 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2676 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2677 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2678 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2679 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2681 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2683 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2684 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2685 Print the result in the echo area.
2686 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2690 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2691 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2692 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2694 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2696 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2698 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2699 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2700 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2701 all functions called by those functions.
2703 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2704 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2707 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2708 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2709 invoked interactively.
2711 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2713 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2714 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2715 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2716 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2720 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2721 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2722 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2723 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2724 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2726 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2729 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2731 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2732 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2733 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2734 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2736 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2737 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2738 and corresponding effects.
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17390 27324))
2745 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2747 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2749 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2754 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2755 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2757 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2758 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2759 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2760 from the cursor position.
2762 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2766 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2767 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2768 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2769 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
2770 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2772 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2773 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2775 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2776 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2778 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2783 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2784 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2786 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2788 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2789 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2791 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2793 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2794 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2798 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2799 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2800 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2801 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2803 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2805 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 This is most useful in the X window system.
2808 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2809 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2811 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2814 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2815 See calc-keypad for details.
2817 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2820 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2822 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2825 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2827 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2830 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2832 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2835 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2836 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2838 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2840 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2843 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2847 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2849 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2851 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2852 Run the Emacs calculator.
2853 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2859 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2860 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2861 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2862 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2863 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2864 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2865 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2866 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2867 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2868 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2869 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2870 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2871 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2872 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2873 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2874 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2875 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2876 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17591 9293))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2879 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2880 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2881 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2882 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2885 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2887 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2888 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2889 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2890 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2891 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2892 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2894 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2896 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2897 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2898 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2900 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2902 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2903 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2904 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2906 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2908 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2909 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2910 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2913 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2915 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2916 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2917 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2919 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2921 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2922 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2923 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2925 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2927 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2929 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2930 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2931 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2933 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2936 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2938 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2939 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2940 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2942 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2945 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2947 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2948 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2949 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2951 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2954 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2956 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2957 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2958 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2960 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2962 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2963 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2964 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2965 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2966 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2968 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2970 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2971 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2972 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2973 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2974 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2975 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2976 a function is also provided for this:
2977 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2979 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2980 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2981 date is not visible in the window.
2983 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2984 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2985 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2987 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2989 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2990 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2992 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2993 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2994 date is visible in the window.
2996 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2997 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2998 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3000 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
3002 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3003 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3007 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3009 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3011 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
3013 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3014 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3016 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3017 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3025 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3026 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3027 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3028 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3029 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3030 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3031 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3032 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3033 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3034 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3035 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3036 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3039 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3040 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3041 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3042 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3050 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3051 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3053 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3054 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3055 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3056 window but will appear in a diary window.
3058 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3059 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3061 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3062 entries (in the default American style):
3064 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3065 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3066 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3068 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3069 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3070 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3071 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3072 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3073 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3074 &* 15 time cards due.
3076 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3077 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3078 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3082 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3083 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3084 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3085 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3086 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3087 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3089 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3090 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3091 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3093 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3095 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3097 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3098 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3099 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3100 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3101 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3102 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3103 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3104 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3105 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3106 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3109 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3110 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3111 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3112 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3113 documentation for these functions for details.
3115 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3116 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3118 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3120 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3121 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3123 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3125 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3126 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3128 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3130 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3131 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3133 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3135 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3136 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3138 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3140 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3141 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3142 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3144 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3146 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3147 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3148 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3150 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3152 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3153 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3154 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3155 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3158 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3160 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3161 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3162 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3163 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3172 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3173 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3174 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3175 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3176 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3177 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3179 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3181 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3182 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3183 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3187 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3188 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3189 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3191 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3193 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3194 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3195 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3197 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3199 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3200 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3201 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3203 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3205 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3206 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3207 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3208 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3209 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3210 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3212 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3214 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3215 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3216 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3218 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3219 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3220 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3223 #include \"filename\"
3225 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3226 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3227 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3228 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3229 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3231 For example, you could use
3233 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3234 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3235 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3237 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3238 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3239 lexicographic order.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3243 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3244 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3245 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3247 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3249 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3250 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3251 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3254 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3255 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3256 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3257 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3258 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3259 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3260 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3262 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3263 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3264 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3265 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3266 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3267 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3268 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3269 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3271 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3273 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3274 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3275 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3276 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3277 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3278 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3279 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3281 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3283 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3284 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3286 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3287 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3288 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3290 #include \"filename\"
3291 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3292 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3293 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3294 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3295 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3297 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3299 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3300 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3301 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3302 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3303 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3304 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3305 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3307 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3309 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3310 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3311 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3314 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3316 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3317 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3318 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3319 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3320 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3322 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3324 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3326 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3327 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3328 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3332 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3334 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3336 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3338 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3340 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3342 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3344 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3346 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3348 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3350 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3351 User defined holidays.
3352 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3354 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3356 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3358 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3360 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3362 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3364 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3366 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3368 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3370 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3372 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3374 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3376 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3378 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3380 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3382 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3386 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3388 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3390 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3394 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3396 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3398 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3402 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3404 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3406 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3407 Sun-related holidays.
3408 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3410 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3412 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3414 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3415 The frame setup of the calendar.
3416 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3417 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3418 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3419 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3420 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3422 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3424 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3425 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3426 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3428 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3429 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3433 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3434 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3435 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3437 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3438 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3439 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3440 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3442 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3447 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3450 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3451 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3453 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3455 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3456 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3457 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17515
3466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3467 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3471 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3472 ;;;;;; (17411 11765))
3473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3475 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3476 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3482 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3483 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3484 ;;;;;; (17591 9622))
3485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3487 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3488 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3489 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3490 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3491 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3492 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3493 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3495 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3497 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3498 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3499 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3500 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3501 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3502 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3503 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3504 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3506 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3507 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3508 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3509 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3510 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3511 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3513 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3515 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3516 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3523 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3524 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3526 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3527 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3528 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3529 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3530 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3531 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3534 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3536 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3537 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3544 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3545 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3546 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3548 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3549 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3550 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3551 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3552 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3553 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3556 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3558 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3559 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3566 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3567 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3568 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3570 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3571 Major mode for editing Java code.
3572 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3573 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3574 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3575 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3578 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3580 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3581 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3588 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3589 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3590 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3592 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3593 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3594 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3595 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3596 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3597 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3600 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3602 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3603 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3610 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3611 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3612 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3613 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3615 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3616 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3617 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3618 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3619 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3620 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3623 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3625 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3626 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3633 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3634 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3635 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3636 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3637 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3641 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3642 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17524 8597))
3643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3645 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3646 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3647 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3648 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3650 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3652 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3653 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3656 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3657 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3658 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3659 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3662 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3663 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3664 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3665 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3668 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3670 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3671 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3672 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3673 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3675 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3677 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3678 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3679 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3681 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3685 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3686 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3687 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3689 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3696 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17524 8597))
3701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3702 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3703 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3704 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3709 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3710 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3713 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3714 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3716 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3718 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3719 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3721 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3723 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3724 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3726 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3727 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3728 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3729 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3732 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3734 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3736 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3737 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3739 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3740 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3744 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3745 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3746 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3747 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3748 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3751 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3752 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3753 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3754 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3756 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3757 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3760 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3762 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3764 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3767 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3768 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3770 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3771 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3772 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3775 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3777 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3778 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3779 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3781 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3783 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3785 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3786 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3788 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3792 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3794 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3796 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3797 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3800 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3801 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3804 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3806 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3807 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3808 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3809 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3810 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3811 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3812 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3813 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3814 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3815 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3816 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3817 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3818 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3819 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3820 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3821 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3824 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3825 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3827 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3828 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3830 | (write EXPRESSION)
3831 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3832 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3835 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3838 ;; Same as: (write string)
3840 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3841 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3842 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3845 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3846 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3847 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3848 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3849 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3850 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3852 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3853 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3855 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3858 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3859 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3860 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3862 ARG := REG | integer
3865 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3868 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3871 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3874 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3875 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3878 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3879 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3880 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3883 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3884 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3885 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3888 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3889 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3891 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3892 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3893 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3896 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3897 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3900 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3901 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3903 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3906 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3910 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3911 ;; Same meaning as C code
3912 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3914 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3919 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3920 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3923 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3924 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3928 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3932 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3933 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3934 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3936 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3937 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3938 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3940 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3941 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3942 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3943 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3944 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3947 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3949 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3950 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3951 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3952 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3953 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3954 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3956 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3958 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3959 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3960 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3962 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3964 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3968 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3969 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
3970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3972 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3973 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3974 There are no special keybindings by default.
3976 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3977 to the action header.
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3984 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3985 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3986 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3987 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3988 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3989 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3990 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3991 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3994 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3995 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3996 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3997 the users will view as each check is completed.
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4003 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4004 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4005 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4006 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4007 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4008 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4010 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4012 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4013 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4014 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4015 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4016 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4017 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4018 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4019 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4021 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4023 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4024 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4025 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4026 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4027 spacing are all verified.
4031 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4032 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4033 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4034 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4035 otherwise stop after the first error.
4037 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4041 Only documentation strings are checked.
4042 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4043 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4046 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4048 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4049 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4050 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4051 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4052 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4054 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4058 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4059 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4062 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4066 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4067 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4069 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4075 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4077 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4079 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4080 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4081 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4082 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4083 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4087 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4088 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4089 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4090 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4091 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4092 space at the end of each line.
4094 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4098 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4105 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4147 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4161 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4163 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4164 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4165 checking of documentation strings.
4167 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4173 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4174 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17279
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4178 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4179 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4180 Return the length of resulting text.
4182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4184 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4185 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4189 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4190 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4191 Return the length of resulting text.
4193 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4195 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4196 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4202 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4203 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17390 26936))
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4206 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4207 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4208 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4209 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4210 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4211 editing and the result is evaluated.
4213 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4215 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4216 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4217 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4218 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4219 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4221 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4225 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4226 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4227 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4228 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4229 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4231 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4232 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4233 \\{command-history-map}
4235 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4236 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17390 26938))
4243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4245 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4246 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4247 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4248 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4249 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4250 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4252 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4253 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4257 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4258 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
4259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4261 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4264 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4268 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4269 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4272 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4273 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4274 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4275 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4277 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4278 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4279 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4280 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4282 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4283 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4285 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4289 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17390
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4293 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4294 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4295 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4296 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4297 of `scheme-program-name').
4298 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4299 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4300 discards input when it starts up.
4301 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4306 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4310 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4311 ;;;;;; (17518 54396))
4312 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4314 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4315 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4316 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4317 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4318 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4320 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4322 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4353 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4354 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4355 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4356 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4357 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4370 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4371 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17279 27171))
4372 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4374 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4375 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4376 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4379 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4380 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4381 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4382 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4384 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4386 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4387 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4388 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4390 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4392 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4393 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4394 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4396 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4398 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4399 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4400 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4402 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4404 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4405 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4407 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4408 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4409 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4411 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4412 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4416 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4417 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4419 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4420 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4421 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4423 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4427 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4428 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4429 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4430 ;;;;;; (17549 4606))
4431 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4433 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4434 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4435 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4436 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4437 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4438 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4439 functions have already modified the buffer.
4441 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4443 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4444 either globally or locally.")
4446 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4448 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4449 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4450 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4451 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4452 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4453 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4454 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4455 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4457 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4459 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4461 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4462 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4463 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4464 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4465 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4466 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4467 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4468 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4470 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4472 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4474 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4475 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4476 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4477 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4478 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4479 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4481 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4483 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4484 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4485 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4486 directory tracking functions.")
4488 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4489 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4490 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4492 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4494 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4497 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4498 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4500 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4502 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4504 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4505 Send COMMAND to current process.
4506 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4507 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4509 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4511 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4512 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4513 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4514 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4516 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4520 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17407
4522 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4524 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4525 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4526 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4527 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4529 This command pushes the mark in each window
4530 at the prior location of point in that window.
4531 If both windows display the same buffer,
4532 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4533 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4535 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4536 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4537 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4538 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4539 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4540 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4541 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4544 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4545 this command work in interlaced mode:
4546 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4547 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4548 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4550 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4554 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4555 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4556 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4557 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4558 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17591 9719))
4559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4561 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4562 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4564 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4566 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4567 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4569 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4571 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4572 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4573 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4574 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4575 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4576 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4577 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4579 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4580 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4581 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4582 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4583 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4585 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4586 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4587 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4588 describing how the process finished.")
4590 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4591 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4592 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4593 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4595 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4596 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4597 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4599 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4601 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4602 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4603 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4604 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4606 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4608 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4609 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4611 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4612 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4614 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4616 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4617 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4618 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4619 (concat \"make -k \"
4620 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4622 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4623 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4625 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4626 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4627 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4628 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4630 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4632 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4633 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4634 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4635 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4637 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4638 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4640 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4641 and move to the source code that caused it.
4643 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4644 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4645 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4646 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4648 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4649 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4650 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4651 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4654 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4655 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4656 to a function that generates a unique name.
4658 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4660 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4661 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4662 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4663 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4665 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4666 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4667 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4668 to determine the buffer name.
4670 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4671 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4672 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4674 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4676 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4678 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4679 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4680 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4681 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4682 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4684 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4686 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4688 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4690 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4691 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4692 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4693 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4694 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4695 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4696 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4700 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4701 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4702 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4703 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4704 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4705 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4709 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4710 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4711 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4713 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4715 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4719 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4720 ;;;;;; (17591 9281))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4723 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4724 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4725 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4727 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4729 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4731 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4732 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4733 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4735 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4736 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4737 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4738 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4740 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4741 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4742 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4743 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4745 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4746 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4747 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4748 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4750 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4751 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4752 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4753 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4754 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4760 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4761 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4764 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4765 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4766 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4768 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4770 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4772 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4774 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4775 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4782 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4783 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4784 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17327 23539))
4785 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4787 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4788 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4789 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4790 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4793 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4795 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4796 | | 1:tc or top-center
4797 | | 2:tr or top-right
4798 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4799 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4800 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4801 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4802 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4803 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4805 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4806 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4807 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4808 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4811 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4812 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4813 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4815 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4819 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4823 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4826 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4827 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4828 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4829 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4831 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4833 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4834 Compose characters in the current region.
4836 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4837 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4839 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4841 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4842 specifying the region.
4844 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4845 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4846 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4848 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4849 of the text in the region.
4851 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4853 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4854 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4855 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4856 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4858 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4859 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4862 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4863 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4864 text in the composition.
4866 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4868 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4869 Decompose text in the current region.
4871 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4872 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4876 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4877 Compose characters in string STRING.
4879 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4880 the characters in it.
4882 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4883 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4884 STRING respectively.
4886 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4887 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4888 `compose-region' for more detail.
4890 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4891 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4892 text in the composition.
4894 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4896 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4897 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4901 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4902 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4903 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4904 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4905 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4906 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4907 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4908 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4910 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4912 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4913 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4915 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4916 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4918 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4919 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4921 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4922 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4924 If no composition is found, return nil.
4926 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4927 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4929 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4930 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4931 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4933 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4935 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4937 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4938 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4939 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4941 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4943 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4945 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4947 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4948 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4950 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4951 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4952 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4953 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4954 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4955 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4956 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4959 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4961 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4962 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4964 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4966 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4967 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4969 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4971 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4973 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4974 Compose last characters.
4975 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4976 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4977 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4978 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4979 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4980 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4981 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4982 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4983 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4984 after a sequence of character events.
4987 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4989 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4990 Convert CHAR to string.
4992 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4993 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4994 vector of CHAR respectively.
4995 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4997 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4999 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5003 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5004 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
5005 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17390 26946))
5006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5008 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5009 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5010 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5011 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5012 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5013 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5014 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5016 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5017 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5018 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5020 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5021 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5022 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5024 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5025 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5026 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5027 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5029 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5030 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5031 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5032 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5033 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5034 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5035 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5041 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5042 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5043 Comments start with `#'.
5044 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5046 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5056 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5057 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5058 Comments start with `;'.
5059 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5061 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5063 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5064 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5065 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5067 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5068 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5072 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5073 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5074 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5075 between `/*' and `*/'.
5076 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5078 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5079 // another kind of comment
5091 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5092 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5093 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5094 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5095 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5096 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5099 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5101 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5103 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5107 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5109 # Standard multimedia devices
5110 add /dev/audio desktop
5111 add /dev/mixer desktop
5115 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5116 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5117 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5118 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5120 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5122 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5123 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5127 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5128 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5129 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5130 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5132 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5134 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5135 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5139 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5140 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5141 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5142 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5144 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5154 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17569 17996))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5157 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5158 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5159 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5160 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5162 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5164 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5165 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5166 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5167 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5169 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5171 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5172 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5173 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5174 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5176 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5178 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5179 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5181 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5185 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5186 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5189 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5190 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5191 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5192 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5193 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5194 following the copyright are updated as well.
5195 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5198 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5200 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5201 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5202 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5206 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5207 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5209 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5213 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5214 ;;;;;; (17549 5053))
5215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5217 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5218 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5219 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5220 Tab indents for Perl code.
5221 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5222 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5224 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5225 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5226 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5227 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5228 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5229 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5230 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5231 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5232 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5233 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5234 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5235 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5237 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5239 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5240 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5242 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5244 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5245 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5246 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5247 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5248 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5249 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5250 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5251 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5252 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5254 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5258 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5259 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5260 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5263 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5264 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5265 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5267 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5269 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5270 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5271 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5272 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5273 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5275 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5285 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5286 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5287 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5288 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5289 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5290 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5291 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5292 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5293 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5294 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5295 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5296 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5297 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5299 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5300 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5301 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5302 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5303 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5304 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5306 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5307 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5310 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5311 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5312 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5313 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5314 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5316 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5317 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5318 span the needed amount of lines.
5320 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5321 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5322 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5323 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5325 Variables controlling indentation style:
5326 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5327 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5328 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5329 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5330 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5331 `cperl-auto-newline'
5332 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5333 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5334 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5335 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5336 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5337 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5338 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5339 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5340 `cperl-indent-level'
5341 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5342 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5343 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5344 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5345 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5346 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5347 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5348 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5349 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5350 `cperl-brace-offset'
5351 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5352 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5353 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5354 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5355 `cperl-label-offset'
5356 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5357 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5358 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5360 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5361 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5362 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5363 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5364 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5366 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5367 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5368 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5369 \(both available from menu).
5371 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5372 column 0 is indented on
5373 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5375 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5378 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5379 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5380 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5386 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5387 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5390 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5391 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5392 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5393 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5394 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5398 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5399 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5405 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5406 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
5407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5409 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5410 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5411 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5412 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5415 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5417 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5419 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5420 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5421 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5425 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5429 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5430 ;;;;;; (17515 24857))
5431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5433 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5434 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5435 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5436 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5438 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5439 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5440 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5441 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5443 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5444 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5445 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5447 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5448 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5451 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5452 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5453 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5455 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5457 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5458 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5459 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5461 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5466 ;;;;;; (17524 8597))
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5469 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5470 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5471 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5473 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5475 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5477 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5478 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5479 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5480 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5481 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5483 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5484 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5485 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5486 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5487 function of these prefix keys.
5489 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5490 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5492 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5493 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5494 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5496 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5497 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5498 the prefix fallback behavior.
5500 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5501 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5502 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5503 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5507 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5508 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5511 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5512 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5513 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5514 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5515 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5516 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5517 (if user-init-file (concat
5518 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5519 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5524 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5525 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5526 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5527 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5528 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5529 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5530 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5531 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17591 9719))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5533 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5535 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5536 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5538 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5539 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5541 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5542 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5544 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5546 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5548 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5549 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5550 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5552 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5553 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5555 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5556 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5558 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5559 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5561 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5562 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5564 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5566 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5568 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5569 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5572 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5573 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5575 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5576 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5578 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5579 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5581 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5582 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5584 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5586 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5588 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5589 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5590 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5591 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5592 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5596 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5597 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5598 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5599 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5603 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5608 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5609 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5613 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5615 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5618 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5620 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5622 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5624 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5626 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5628 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5629 Alist mapping versions of Emacs to versions of a package.
5630 These package versions are listed in the :package-version
5631 keyword used in `defcustom', `defgroup', and `defface'. Its
5632 elements look like this:
5634 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5636 For each PACKAGE, which is a symbol, there are one or more
5637 elements that contain a package version PVERSION with an
5638 associated Emacs version EVERSION. These versions are strings.
5639 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist with the
5642 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5643 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5644 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5645 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5646 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5648 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5649 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5650 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5651 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5653 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5655 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5656 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5657 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5658 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5659 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5661 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5662 that were added or redefined since that version.
5664 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5666 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5667 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5668 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5669 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5671 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5672 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5674 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5676 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5677 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5678 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5680 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5681 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5683 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5685 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5686 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5690 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5695 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5696 Customize all already saved user options.
5700 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5701 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5702 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5703 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5704 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5705 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5706 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5707 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5709 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5711 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5712 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5713 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5714 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5716 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5718 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5719 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5721 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5723 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5724 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5726 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5728 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5729 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5730 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5731 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5732 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5735 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5737 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5738 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5739 The result includes selecting that window.
5740 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5741 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5742 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5745 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5747 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5748 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5750 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5752 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5753 File used for storing customization information.
5754 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5755 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5756 it should be an absolute file name.
5758 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5759 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5760 something like the following in your init file:
5762 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5765 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5766 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5768 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5769 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5770 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5771 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5772 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5774 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5775 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5776 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5777 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5778 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5779 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5780 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5781 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5782 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5783 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5785 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5787 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5788 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5792 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5793 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5797 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5798 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5799 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5801 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5803 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5805 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5806 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5807 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5809 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5813 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5814 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5817 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5818 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5820 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5822 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5823 Alist of face attributes.
5825 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5826 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5827 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5828 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5829 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5830 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5832 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5833 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5834 customization type TYPE).
5836 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5837 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5838 given face attribute.")
5840 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5841 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5842 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5843 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5845 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5847 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5848 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5849 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5850 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5851 between themes and faces.
5852 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5854 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5855 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5857 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5859 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5860 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5861 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5865 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5867 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5869 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5870 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5871 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5873 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5877 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5879 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5884 ;;;;;; (17396 42170))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5887 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5888 Create a custom theme.
5894 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5895 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5898 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5899 Mode used for cvs status output.
5905 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5906 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
5907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5909 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5910 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5912 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5913 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5914 C++ modes are included.
5916 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5920 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5923 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5924 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5928 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5929 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5930 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5932 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5934 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5936 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5938 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5939 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5940 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5941 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5942 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5948 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5949 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5950 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5953 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5954 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5956 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5958 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5959 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5961 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5963 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5964 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5965 For readability, the table is slightly
5966 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5968 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5969 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5970 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5971 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5972 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5974 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5978 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5979 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5981 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5982 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5984 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5985 Completion on current word.
5986 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5987 and presents suggestions for completion.
5989 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5990 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5993 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5994 then it searches *all* buffers.
5996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5998 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5999 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6001 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6002 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6003 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6004 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6005 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6007 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6008 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6010 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6011 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6012 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6014 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6015 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6017 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6027 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6028 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6030 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6031 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6032 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6034 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6035 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6036 Data lines are not indented.
6041 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6043 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6044 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6045 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6046 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6048 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6051 Extra indentation within blocks.
6053 dcl-continuation-offset
6054 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6057 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6059 dcl-margin-label-offset
6060 Indentation for a label.
6062 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6063 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6065 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6066 dcl-block-end-regexp
6067 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6068 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6069 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6070 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6071 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6073 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6074 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6075 Two such functions are included in the package:
6076 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6077 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6079 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6080 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6081 One such function is included in the package:
6082 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6084 dcl-tab-always-indent
6085 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6086 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6089 dcl-electric-characters
6090 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6093 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6094 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6095 which words trigger electric indentation.
6098 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6099 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6100 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6102 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6103 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6104 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6105 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6107 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6108 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6109 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6110 dcl-imenu-label-call
6111 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6113 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6114 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6115 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6116 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6119 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6121 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6122 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6123 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6125 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6126 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6130 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6131 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6132 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6133 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6134 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6135 \"lined up with the command line\"
6137 Data lines are not indented at all.
6138 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6143 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6144 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6150 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6151 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6154 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6156 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6157 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6158 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6161 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6162 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6163 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6165 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6167 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6168 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6170 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6172 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6173 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6174 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6175 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6176 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6177 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6179 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6180 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6182 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6184 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6185 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6186 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6187 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6188 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6190 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6194 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6195 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
6196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6198 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6199 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6203 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6204 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6205 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6206 Upper-case letters are commands.
6208 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6211 The most useful commands are:
6212 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6213 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6214 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6215 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6216 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6217 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6223 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6224 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17390
6226 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6228 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6229 Customization of `columns' group.
6233 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6234 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6236 START and END delimits the text region.
6238 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6240 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6241 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6243 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6245 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17390
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6253 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6254 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6255 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6256 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6257 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6258 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6260 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6264 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6265 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6266 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6267 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6268 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6269 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6270 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6271 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6272 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6273 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6274 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6275 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6277 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6278 Directories to search when finding external units.
6279 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6280 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6284 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6285 Face used to color delphi comments.
6286 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6287 Face used to color delphi strings.
6288 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6289 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6290 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6291 Face used to color everything else.
6293 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6294 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6296 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6300 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6304 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6306 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6307 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6308 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6310 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6312 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6314 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6316 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6317 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6318 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6321 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6322 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6323 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6330 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6331 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17390 26938))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6334 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6335 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6337 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6339 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6340 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6341 or nil if there is no parent.
6342 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6343 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6344 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6345 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6346 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6348 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6349 arguments are currently understood:
6351 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6352 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6354 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6355 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6357 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6358 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6360 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6362 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6364 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6365 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6366 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6368 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6369 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6371 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6372 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6373 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6375 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6376 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6378 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6379 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6381 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6383 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6385 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6386 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6387 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6388 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6389 the first time the mode is used.
6391 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6395 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6396 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17390 26936))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6399 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6400 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6401 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6402 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6403 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6406 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6408 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6409 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6410 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6411 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6412 character composition information (if relevant),
6413 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6420 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6421 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6422 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17569 18001))
6423 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6425 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6426 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6427 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6429 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6431 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6432 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6433 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6434 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6435 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6436 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6440 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6441 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6442 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6443 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6445 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6447 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6448 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6449 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6451 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6452 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6453 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6455 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6456 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6458 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6459 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6460 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6462 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6463 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6464 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6465 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6467 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6469 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6470 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6472 Handlers are called with argument list
6474 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6476 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6478 desktop-file-version
6479 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6480 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6481 desktop-buffer-point
6483 desktop-buffer-read-only
6484 desktop-buffer-locals
6486 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6487 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6489 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6492 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6494 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6495 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6497 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6499 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6501 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6502 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6503 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6504 List elements must have the form
6506 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6508 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6511 Handlers are called with argument list
6513 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6515 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6517 desktop-file-version
6518 desktop-buffer-file-name
6520 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6521 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6522 desktop-buffer-point
6524 desktop-buffer-read-only
6527 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6528 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6531 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6534 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6536 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6537 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6539 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6541 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6543 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6545 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6547 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6548 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6549 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6553 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6554 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6555 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6556 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6558 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6560 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6561 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6562 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6566 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6567 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6568 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6569 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6570 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6571 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6572 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6573 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6575 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6577 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6578 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6579 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6583 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6584 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6585 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6586 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6589 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6591 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6592 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6596 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6597 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6603 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6604 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6605 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17490 7932))
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6608 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6609 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6610 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6611 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6612 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6613 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6615 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6617 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6618 Repair a broken attribution line.
6619 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6621 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6623 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6624 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6625 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6626 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6628 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6630 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6631 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6637 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6638 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17279 27080))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6641 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6643 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6648 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6656 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 54393))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6659 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6660 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6661 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6662 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6663 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6667 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6668 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6669 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6670 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6672 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6673 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6674 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6675 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6678 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6680 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6681 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6682 european-calendar-style t \\
6683 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6684 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6685 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6687 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6688 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6689 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6690 to run it every morning at 1am.
6692 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6694 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6695 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6702 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17549 4607))
6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6705 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6706 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6708 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6710 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6711 *The command to use to run diff.")
6713 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6715 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6716 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6717 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6718 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6719 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6720 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6722 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6724 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6725 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6726 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6727 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6728 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6729 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6731 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6735 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6736 ;;;;;; (17591 9290))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6739 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6740 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6741 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6743 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6744 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6745 headers for you on-the-fly.
6747 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6748 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6749 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6754 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6755 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6756 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6763 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6764 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6765 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6766 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17549 4607))
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6769 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6770 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6771 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6772 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6773 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6774 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6775 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6776 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6778 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6780 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6781 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6783 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6784 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6785 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6786 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6787 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6789 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6790 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6792 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6793 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6794 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6795 always set this variable to t.")
6797 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6799 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6800 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6801 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6802 A value of t means move to first file.")
6804 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6806 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6807 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6808 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6809 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6810 are afterward marked with that character.")
6812 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6814 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6815 *Controls marking of copied files.
6816 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6817 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6819 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6821 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6822 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6823 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6824 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6826 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6828 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6829 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6830 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6831 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6833 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6835 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6836 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6837 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6838 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6840 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6842 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6844 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6845 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6846 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6848 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6850 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6851 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6852 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6853 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6854 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6855 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6857 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6858 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6859 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6860 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6861 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6862 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6863 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6864 list of files to make directory entries for.
6865 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6866 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6867 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6868 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6870 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6872 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6873 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6875 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6876 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6878 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6879 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6881 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6882 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6884 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6886 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6887 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6889 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6891 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6892 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6893 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6894 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6895 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6896 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6897 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6898 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6899 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6900 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6901 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6902 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6903 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6904 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6905 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6906 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6907 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6908 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6909 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6910 to see why something went wrong.
6911 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6912 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6913 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6914 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6915 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6916 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6917 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6918 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6919 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6920 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6921 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6922 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6923 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6925 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6926 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6927 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6928 again for the directory tree.
6930 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6933 `dired-listing-switches'
6934 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6935 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6938 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6939 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6940 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6941 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6943 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6945 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6946 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6953 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6954 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6958 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6959 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6960 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6961 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6962 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6963 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6964 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6965 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6966 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6967 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6968 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6969 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6970 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6971 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17524 8597))
6972 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6974 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6975 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6976 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6977 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6978 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6979 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6980 which is options for `diff'.
6982 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6984 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6985 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6986 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6987 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6988 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6989 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6991 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6993 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6994 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6995 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6996 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6997 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6998 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6999 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7001 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7003 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7004 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7005 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7006 returned by function `file-attributes'
7008 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7009 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7011 Examples of PREDICATE:
7013 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7014 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7015 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7016 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7017 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7019 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7021 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7022 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7023 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7027 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7028 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7032 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7037 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7038 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7043 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7044 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7045 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7046 `lpr-switches' as default.
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7050 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7052 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7053 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7054 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7056 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7057 with a prefix argument.
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7063 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7064 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7065 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7067 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7068 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7070 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7071 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7072 file name substituted for `?'.
7074 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7075 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7077 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7078 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7079 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7080 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7082 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7084 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7085 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7086 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7088 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7089 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7092 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7093 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7094 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7096 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7098 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7101 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7103 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7104 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7105 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7106 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7107 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7108 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7109 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7110 from the buffer as well.
7111 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7112 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7113 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7115 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7117 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7120 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7122 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7125 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7127 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7132 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7142 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7144 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7145 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7147 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7148 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7149 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7150 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7151 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7152 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7153 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7155 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7157 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7160 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7162 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7165 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7167 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7168 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7170 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7172 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7175 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7177 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7180 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7182 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7185 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7187 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7188 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7189 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7190 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7191 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7192 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7193 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7194 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7195 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7199 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7201 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7202 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7203 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7204 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7205 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7206 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7210 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7211 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7212 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7213 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7214 and new hard links are made in that directory
7215 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7216 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7217 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7221 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7222 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7223 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7224 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7225 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7226 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7227 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7234 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7235 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7236 file if none are marked.
7238 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7239 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7240 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7241 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7243 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7244 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7246 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7248 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7249 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7250 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7252 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7254 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7255 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7256 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7258 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7260 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7261 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7262 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7264 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7266 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7271 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7276 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7277 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7278 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7279 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7280 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7281 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7283 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7285 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7286 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7287 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7288 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7289 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7290 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7291 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7293 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7295 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7296 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7297 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7298 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7299 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7300 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7302 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7304 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7306 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7307 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7308 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7310 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7312 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7313 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7314 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7315 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7319 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7320 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7321 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7322 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7326 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7327 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7328 Lower levels are unaffected.
7330 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7332 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7333 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7337 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Go down in the dired tree.
7342 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7343 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7344 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7345 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7349 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7350 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7351 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7352 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7356 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7358 Stops when a match is found.
7359 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7361 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7363 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7365 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7366 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7367 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7369 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7371 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7372 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7373 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7374 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7376 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17524 8597))
7381 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7383 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7384 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7385 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7386 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7387 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7388 buffer and try again.
7390 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17591 9569))
7395 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7397 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7398 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7399 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7401 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7403 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7404 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7406 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7407 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7409 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7417 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7418 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7419 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7420 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7421 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7422 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7424 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7429 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7430 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7431 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7432 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17390 26937))
7433 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7435 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7436 Return a new, empty display table.
7440 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7441 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7442 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7443 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7444 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7446 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7448 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7449 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7450 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7451 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7452 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7454 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7456 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7457 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7461 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7462 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7466 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7467 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7471 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7472 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7476 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7477 Display character C using printable string S.
7481 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7482 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7483 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7484 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7486 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7488 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7489 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7490 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7493 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7495 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7496 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7498 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7500 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7501 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7503 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7505 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7506 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7508 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7509 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7510 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7511 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7513 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7514 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7515 European character display.
7517 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7518 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7519 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7520 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7522 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7523 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7524 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7525 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7526 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7533 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7536 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7537 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7538 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7539 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7540 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7541 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7542 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17524 8597))
7550 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7552 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7553 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7554 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7555 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7556 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7557 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7559 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7560 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7561 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7562 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7563 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7565 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7570 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17390 26946))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7573 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7574 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7575 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7576 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7577 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7578 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7579 table and its own syntax table.
7581 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7585 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7586 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7589 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17374 21430))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7596 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7597 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7603 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7604 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7607 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7610 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7612 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7614 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7616 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7618 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7619 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17591 9445))
7626 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7628 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7629 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7636 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7639 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7640 Play sounds in message buffers.
7646 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7647 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7648 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17591 9619))
7649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7651 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7653 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7654 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7655 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7656 and toggle command MODE.
7658 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7659 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7660 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7661 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7662 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7663 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7664 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7665 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7668 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7669 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7670 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7671 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7672 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7673 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7674 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7675 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7676 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7677 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7678 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7679 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7680 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7681 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7682 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7683 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7684 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7686 For example, you could write
7687 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7688 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7691 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7693 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7695 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7696 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7697 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7698 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7699 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7700 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7701 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7702 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7703 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7704 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7705 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7706 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7708 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7709 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7710 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7711 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7712 call another major mode in their body.
7714 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7716 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7717 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7718 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7719 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7720 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7721 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7722 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7724 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7726 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7729 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7731 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7732 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7733 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7735 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7740 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17390
7742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7744 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7746 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7747 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7749 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7750 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7751 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7753 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7754 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7758 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7759 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7763 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7764 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7768 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7769 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7771 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7773 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7775 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7777 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7778 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7780 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7781 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7783 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7785 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7787 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7791 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7792 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7793 computed automatically.
7794 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7798 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7800 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7801 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7802 keyboard equivalent.
7806 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7807 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7811 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7812 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7816 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7817 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7821 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7825 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7826 radio: A radio button.
7827 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7828 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7830 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7834 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7835 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7839 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7841 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7842 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7843 as a solid horizontal line.
7845 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7847 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7849 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7852 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7854 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7855 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7856 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7857 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7859 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7861 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7862 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7863 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7864 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7865 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7866 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7868 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7869 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7870 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7872 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7873 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7875 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7879 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7880 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7881 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7882 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7883 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7884 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7885 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7886 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17390 27408))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7889 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7890 Customization for ebnf group.
7894 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7895 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7897 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7899 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7902 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7904 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7906 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7907 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7909 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7910 killed after process termination.
7912 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7914 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7919 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7920 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7923 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7924 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7925 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7926 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7930 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7931 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7932 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7934 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7936 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7939 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7941 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7944 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7946 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7948 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7949 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7951 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7952 killed after process termination.
7954 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7956 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7960 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7961 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7963 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7967 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7968 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7969 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7971 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7975 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7978 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7980 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7983 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7985 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7987 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7988 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7990 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7991 killed after EPS generation.
7993 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7995 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8000 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8001 The EPS file name has the following form:
8003 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8005 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8006 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8008 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8009 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8010 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8011 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8013 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8017 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8018 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8020 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8021 The EPS file name has the following form:
8023 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8025 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8026 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8028 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8029 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8030 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8031 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8033 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8035 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8037 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8047 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after syntax checking.
8057 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8071 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8072 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8076 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8077 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8079 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8081 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8090 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8093 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8095 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8097 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Set STYLE as the current style.
8100 It returns the old style symbol.
8102 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8106 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8107 Reset current style.
8109 It returns the old style symbol.
8111 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8113 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8115 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8118 It returns the old style symbol.
8120 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8122 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8124 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8125 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8127 It returns the old style symbol.
8129 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8135 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8136 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8137 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8138 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8139 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8140 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8141 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8142 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8143 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8144 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8145 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17591
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8149 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8150 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8151 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8152 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8153 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8154 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8156 Tree mode key bindings:
8157 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8161 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8162 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8166 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8167 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8169 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8173 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8174 View declaration of member at point.
8178 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8179 Find declaration of member at point.
8183 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8184 View definition of member at point.
8188 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8189 Find definition of member at point.
8193 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8194 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8198 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8199 View definition of member at point in other window.
8203 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8204 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8208 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8209 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8213 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8214 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8218 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8219 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8223 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8224 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8225 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8226 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8229 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8231 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8232 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8233 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8234 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8236 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8238 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8239 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8240 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8241 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8243 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8246 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8247 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8251 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8252 Search for call sites of a member.
8253 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8254 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8255 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8256 looks like a function call to the member.
8258 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8261 Move backward in the position stack.
8262 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8266 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8267 Move forward in the position stack.
8268 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8272 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8273 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8277 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8278 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8284 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8285 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8287 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8289 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8290 Display statistics for a class tree.
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8297 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8300 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8301 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8302 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8303 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8305 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8306 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8307 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8309 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8310 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8311 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8313 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8315 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8322 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17390 26937))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8325 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8326 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8327 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8329 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8333 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8334 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8335 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17591 11774))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8338 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8339 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8340 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8341 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8342 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8344 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8345 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8346 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8347 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8349 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8351 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8352 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8353 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8354 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8356 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8358 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8359 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8360 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8361 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8363 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8365 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8367 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8368 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8369 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8370 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8371 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8373 If you do this on a function definition
8374 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8375 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8376 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8377 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8379 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8380 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8381 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8382 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8387 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8388 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8392 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8393 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8399 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8400 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8401 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8402 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8403 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8404 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8405 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8406 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8407 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8408 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17569 17781))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8411 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8412 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8414 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8416 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8417 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8419 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8421 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8423 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8425 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8426 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8427 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8428 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8432 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8433 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8435 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8437 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8439 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8440 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8442 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8444 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8446 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8447 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8448 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8449 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8451 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8453 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8455 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8456 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8457 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8458 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8460 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8462 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8464 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8465 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8466 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8467 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8469 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8471 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8473 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8474 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8475 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8476 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8478 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8480 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8482 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8483 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8484 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8485 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8486 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8487 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8489 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8491 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8492 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8493 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8494 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8496 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8498 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8500 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8501 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8502 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8503 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8505 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8507 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8509 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8511 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8512 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8513 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8515 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8516 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8518 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8520 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8521 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8522 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8524 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8525 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8527 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8529 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8530 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8531 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8532 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8533 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8535 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8536 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8538 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8540 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8541 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8542 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8543 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8544 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8546 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8547 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8548 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8550 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8552 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8554 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8555 Merge two files without ancestor.
8557 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8560 Merge two files with ancestor.
8562 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8564 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8567 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8569 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8571 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8572 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8574 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8578 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8581 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8585 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8588 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8590 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8591 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8592 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8593 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8597 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8598 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8599 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8600 and don't ask the user.
8601 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8602 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8604 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8606 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8607 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8608 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8609 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8610 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8611 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8612 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8613 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8615 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8617 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8619 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8621 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8622 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8623 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8624 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8625 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8627 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8629 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8631 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8632 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8633 When called interactively, displays the version.
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8638 Display Ediff's manual.
8639 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8641 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8646 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8649 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8659 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8660 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8662 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8664 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8668 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8669 ;;;;;; (17569 17781))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8672 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8673 Display Ediff's registry.
8677 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8682 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17401 60342))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8685 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8686 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8687 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8692 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8693 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8694 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8695 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8701 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8702 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8703 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8706 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8707 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8708 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8710 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8711 Edit a keyboard macro.
8712 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8713 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8714 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8716 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8718 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8720 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8721 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8723 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8725 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8726 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8728 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8730 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8731 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8732 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8733 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8734 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8735 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8737 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8738 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8739 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8740 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8742 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8744 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8745 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8746 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8747 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8748 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8749 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8751 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8755 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8756 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17390 26938))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8759 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8761 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8762 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8764 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8766 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8767 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8773 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8774 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8777 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8778 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8779 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8780 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8781 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8782 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8783 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8784 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8786 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8787 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8789 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8790 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8791 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8792 this value is non-nil.
8794 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8795 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8796 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8798 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8799 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8800 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8802 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8804 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8807 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8811 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8812 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17390 26938))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8815 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8816 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8818 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8820 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8821 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8822 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8823 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8824 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8825 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8826 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8828 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8832 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8833 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8837 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8838 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8839 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8840 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8841 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8842 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8845 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8846 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8850 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17390
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8854 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8855 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8857 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8858 an elided material again.
8860 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8866 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8867 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8870 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8878 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8882 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8883 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8884 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8886 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8888 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8889 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8890 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8892 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8894 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8895 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8896 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8898 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8900 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8902 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8903 Display current profiling results.
8904 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8905 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8912 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8913 ;;;;;; (17444 1970))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8916 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8917 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8918 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8920 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8924 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8925 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8926 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8927 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8928 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8931 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8932 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8933 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8934 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8935 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8936 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8937 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8938 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8939 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8940 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8941 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8942 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8943 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8944 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8945 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8946 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8948 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8949 Run Emerge on two files.
8951 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8953 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8954 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8956 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8958 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8959 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8961 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8963 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8964 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8966 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8968 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8973 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8978 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8981 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8983 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8986 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8988 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8989 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8991 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8993 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8994 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8996 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8998 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9001 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9006 ;;;;;; (17323 25934))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9009 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9010 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9012 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9014 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9018 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9019 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17390 26946))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9022 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9023 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9024 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9025 text/enriched format.
9026 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9028 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9029 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9033 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9037 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9040 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9042 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9045 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9049 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9050 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17591 9873))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9053 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9054 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9058 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9059 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9060 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9061 (server (erc-compute-server))
9062 (port (erc-compute-port))
9063 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9065 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9067 That is, if called with
9069 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9071 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9072 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9073 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9075 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9077 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9078 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9079 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9080 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9082 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17591
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17374 21559))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9106 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17396 42163))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9109 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9110 Parser for /dcc command.
9111 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9112 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9113 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9115 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9117 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9118 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9122 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9123 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9125 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9126 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9127 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9130 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9135 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9136 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9137 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9138 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9141 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9142 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9144 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9146 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9147 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9148 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9149 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9151 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9153 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9156 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9158 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9159 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9161 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9163 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9164 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9166 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9168 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9169 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9171 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9173 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9174 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9176 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9178 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9179 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9181 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9183 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9184 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9186 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9189 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9193 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9194 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17396
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9205 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9206 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9207 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 9873))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9225 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9226 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9227 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9228 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9229 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9230 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9233 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9235 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9238 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9242 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9243 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9246 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17469 12056))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9260 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9262 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9264 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9265 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9266 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9269 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9271 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9272 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9273 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9274 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9276 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9280 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9281 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17591 9873))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9283 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9285 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9286 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9287 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9288 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9289 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9290 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9292 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9294 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9295 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9296 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9297 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9299 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9300 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9303 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9304 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9306 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9311 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9312 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9313 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9315 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9317 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9318 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9322 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9323 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9327 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9328 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9332 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9333 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9337 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9338 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9342 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9343 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9347 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9348 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9352 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9353 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9359 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9360 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9364 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9372 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17396 42158))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9375 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9376 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9377 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9378 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9382 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9383 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9390 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9392 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9394 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9395 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9396 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9397 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9399 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9401 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9409 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9410 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9417 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17396 42158))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9423 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9429 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9433 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9434 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9435 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9436 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9438 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9439 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9443 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9444 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9445 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9447 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17396 42158))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9453 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9458 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9461 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9462 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9463 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17396
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9472 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17396 42169))
9477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9478 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17591 9873))
9483 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9484 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9485 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9490 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17396 42158))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9492 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9494 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9495 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9496 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9497 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9499 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9501 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9502 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9503 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9509 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9510 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9513 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9514 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9524 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9525 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9533 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17390
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9537 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9538 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9545 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17427 42815))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9548 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9549 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9550 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9551 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9552 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9553 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9554 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9555 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9556 buffer selected (or created).
9558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9560 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9561 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9562 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9564 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9566 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9567 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9568 The result might be any Lisp object.
9569 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9570 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9571 corresponding to a successful execution.
9573 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9575 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9576 Report a bug in Eshell.
9577 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9578 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9584 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9585 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9586 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9587 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9588 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9589 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9590 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9591 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9594 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9595 *File name of tags table.
9596 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9597 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9598 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9599 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9601 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9602 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9603 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9604 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9606 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9608 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9609 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9610 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9611 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9612 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9613 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9615 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9617 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9618 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9619 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9620 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9621 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9622 `auto-compression-mode').")
9624 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9626 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9627 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9628 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9629 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9630 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9632 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9634 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9635 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9636 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9637 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9639 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9641 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9642 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9643 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9644 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9645 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9647 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9649 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9650 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9654 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9655 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9656 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9657 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9659 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9660 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9661 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9662 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9663 file the tag was in.
9665 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9667 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9668 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9669 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9670 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9671 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9672 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9673 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9674 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9675 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9677 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9679 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9680 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9681 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9682 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9683 without directory names.
9687 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9688 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9689 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9690 but does not select the buffer.
9691 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9693 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9694 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9695 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9696 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9697 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9699 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9701 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9702 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9703 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9705 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9707 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9709 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9710 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9711 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9712 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9714 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9715 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9716 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9717 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9718 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9720 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9722 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9723 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9724 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9726 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9728 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9729 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9731 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9732 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9733 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9734 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9735 around or before point.
9737 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9738 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9739 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9740 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9741 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9743 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9745 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9746 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9747 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9749 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9751 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9752 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9754 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9755 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9756 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9757 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9758 around or before point.
9760 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9761 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9762 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9763 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9764 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9766 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9768 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9769 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9770 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9772 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9774 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9775 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9777 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9778 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9779 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9781 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9782 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9783 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9784 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9785 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9787 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9789 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9790 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9791 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9793 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9795 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9796 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9797 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9799 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9800 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9802 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9803 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9804 where they were found.
9808 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9809 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9811 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9812 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9813 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9815 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9816 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9818 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9819 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9821 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9823 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9824 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9825 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9826 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9828 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9829 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9830 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9831 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9832 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9834 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9835 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9837 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9838 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9839 Stops when a match is found.
9840 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9842 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9844 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9847 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9848 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9849 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9850 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9852 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9854 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9856 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9857 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9858 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9859 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9860 directory specification.
9862 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9864 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9865 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9867 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9869 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9870 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9871 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9872 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9876 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9877 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9878 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9879 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9880 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9886 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9887 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9888 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9889 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9890 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9891 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9892 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9893 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17549 5052))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9896 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9901 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9903 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9904 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9906 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9907 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9910 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9911 even if the buffer is read-only.
9913 See also the descriptions of the variables
9914 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9915 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9917 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9919 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9920 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9922 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9923 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9925 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9926 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9929 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9930 buffer is read-only.
9932 See also the descriptions of the variables
9933 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9934 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9936 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9938 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9939 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9940 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9944 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9945 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9947 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9948 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9950 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9951 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9956 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9957 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9958 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9960 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9962 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9963 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9964 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9965 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9967 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9968 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9969 the primary language.
9971 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9972 buffer is read-only.
9974 See also the descriptions of the variables
9975 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9976 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9978 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9980 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9981 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9982 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9983 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9985 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9986 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9989 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9990 buffer is read-only.
9992 See also the descriptions of the variables
9993 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9994 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9996 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9998 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9999 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10000 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10004 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10005 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10007 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10008 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10009 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10010 3) convert the body into SERA.
10012 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10016 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10017 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10018 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10020 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10022 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10023 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10027 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10028 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10030 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10031 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10034 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10035 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10036 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10038 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10040 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Allow the user to input special characters.
10047 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10048 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10049 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10053 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10054 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10058 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10059 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10061 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10062 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10064 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10065 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10069 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10070 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10074 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10086 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10087 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10091 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10092 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10093 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10094 server for future sessions.
10096 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10098 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10099 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10100 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10102 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10104 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10105 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10106 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10108 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10110 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10111 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10112 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10113 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10114 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10115 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10116 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10117 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10118 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10119 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10120 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10121 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10123 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10125 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10126 Display a form to query the directory server.
10127 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10128 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10130 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10132 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10133 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10134 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10138 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10142 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10143 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10144 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17390 26944))
10145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10147 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10148 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10150 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10152 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10153 Display URL and make it clickable.
10155 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10157 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10158 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10160 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10162 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10163 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10165 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10167 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10168 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10170 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10172 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10173 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10175 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10179 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10180 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17390 26944))
10181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10183 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10184 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10185 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10189 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10190 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10197 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10200 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10201 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17549
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10211 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10212 Create an empty ewoc.
10214 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10216 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10217 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10218 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10219 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10220 `insert-before-markers'.
10222 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10223 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10224 respectively, of the ewoc.
10226 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10227 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10228 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10230 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10235 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10236 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10237 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10240 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10241 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10242 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10244 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10246 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10247 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10248 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10249 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10250 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10252 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10254 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10255 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10256 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10257 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10258 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10261 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10263 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10264 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10265 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10269 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10270 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10271 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10279 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17390 26939))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10282 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10283 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10284 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10285 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10287 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10289 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10290 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10291 to generate such functions.
10293 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10294 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10295 beginning of the expanded text.
10297 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10298 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10299 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10300 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10302 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10304 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10306 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10307 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10308 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10312 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10313 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10314 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10317 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10318 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10322 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17390 27324))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10325 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10326 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10327 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10329 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10330 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10331 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10333 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10338 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10341 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10343 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10345 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10346 `f90-program-indent'
10347 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10349 `f90-continuation-indent'
10350 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10351 `f90-comment-region'
10352 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10353 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10354 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10355 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10357 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10358 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10359 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10360 `f90-break-delimiters'
10361 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10362 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10363 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10364 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10366 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10367 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10369 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10370 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10371 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10372 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10373 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10374 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10375 `f90-leave-line-no'
10376 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10378 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10379 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10385 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10386 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10387 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10388 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10389 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17591 9293))
10390 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10391 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10392 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10394 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10395 Menu keymap for faces.")
10397 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10399 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10400 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10402 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10404 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10405 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10407 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10409 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10410 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10412 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10414 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10415 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10417 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10419 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10420 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10422 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10424 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10425 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10427 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10429 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10431 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10433 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10435 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10436 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10437 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10438 will not show through at all will be removed.
10440 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10442 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10443 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10446 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10447 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10448 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10450 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10452 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10453 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10454 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10456 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10457 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10460 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10461 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10462 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10464 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10466 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10467 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10468 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10470 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10471 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10474 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10475 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10476 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10478 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10480 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10481 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10482 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10483 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10484 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10485 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10486 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10488 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10489 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10492 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10493 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10494 to insert cancels the specification.
10496 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10498 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10499 Make the region invisible.
10500 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10501 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10505 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10506 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10507 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10508 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10512 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10513 Make the region unmodifiable.
10514 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10515 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10519 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10520 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10524 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10525 Remove all text properties from the region.
10527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10529 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10530 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10531 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10535 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10536 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10538 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10540 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10541 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10542 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10543 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10544 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10545 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10547 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10551 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10552 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17383 38806))
10553 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10555 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10556 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10557 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10558 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10560 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10562 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10563 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10564 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10566 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10567 - When you save the file's buffer.
10568 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10569 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10570 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10571 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10573 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10575 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10576 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10577 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10578 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10582 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10583 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10587 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10591 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10592 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10593 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17279 27198))
10594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10596 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10597 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10598 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10599 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10603 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10604 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10608 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10609 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10610 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10611 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10615 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10616 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10617 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10618 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10619 backup file names and the like).
10621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10623 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10624 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10625 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10626 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10627 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10628 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10629 internally by feedmail):
10631 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10632 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10633 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10634 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10636 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10637 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10638 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10639 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10640 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10642 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10647 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17401 60343))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10650 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10651 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10652 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10653 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10654 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10655 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10656 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10658 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10660 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10661 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10662 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10663 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10664 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10665 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10666 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10670 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10672 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10673 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10674 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10675 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10676 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10677 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10679 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10681 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10682 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10683 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10685 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10686 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10691 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10692 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10696 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10697 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10704 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10707 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10708 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10709 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10710 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10711 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10712 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10713 \(directories) is done.
10716 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10717 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10718 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17390
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10726 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10727 Filesets initialization.
10728 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17591 9619))
10735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10736 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10740 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10741 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10742 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10743 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10745 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10746 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10747 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10748 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10749 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10751 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10753 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10754 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10755 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10756 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10757 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10759 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10761 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10762 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10763 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10764 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10766 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10768 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10769 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10770 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10772 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10774 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10775 as the final argument.
10777 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10779 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10780 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10781 and run dired on those files.
10782 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10783 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10785 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10787 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10789 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10790 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10791 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10793 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10795 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10797 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10802 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10803 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10804 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10806 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10807 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10808 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10809 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10812 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10813 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10814 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10816 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10818 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10820 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10822 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10823 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10824 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10826 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10827 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10829 Variables of interest include:
10831 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10832 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10833 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10835 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10836 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10837 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10839 - `ff-ignore-include'
10840 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10842 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10843 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10846 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10848 - `ff-special-constructs'
10849 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10850 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10851 extracting the filename from that construct.
10853 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10854 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10856 - `ff-search-directories'
10857 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10858 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10860 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10861 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10863 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10864 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10866 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10867 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10869 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10870 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10872 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10873 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10875 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10877 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10878 Visit the file you click on.
10880 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10882 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10883 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10885 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10889 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10890 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10891 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10892 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10893 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10894 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17591 9719))
10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10898 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10899 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10901 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10903 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10904 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10905 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10906 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10908 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10909 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10910 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10911 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10913 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10915 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10916 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10918 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10919 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10920 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10921 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10923 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10924 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10927 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10929 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10930 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10932 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10933 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10934 places point before the definition.
10935 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10937 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10938 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10939 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10941 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10943 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10944 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10946 See `find-function' for more details.
10948 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10950 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10951 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10953 See `find-function' for more details.
10955 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10957 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10958 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10960 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10961 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10962 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10964 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10965 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10967 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10969 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10970 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10972 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10973 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10974 places point before the definition.
10976 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10978 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10979 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10980 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10982 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10984 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10985 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10987 See `find-variable' for more details.
10989 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10992 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10994 See `find-variable' for more details.
10996 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10998 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10999 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11000 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11001 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11002 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11003 buffer nor display it.
11005 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11006 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11008 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11010 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11011 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11013 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11014 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11015 places point before the definition.
11017 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11019 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11020 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11021 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11025 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11026 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11027 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11031 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11032 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11036 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11037 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11041 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11042 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11048 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11049 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17396 42165))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11052 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11053 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11055 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11057 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11058 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11062 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11063 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11065 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11069 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11070 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17469 12047))
11071 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11073 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11074 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11078 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11079 Display FILE's commentary section.
11080 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11084 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11085 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11092 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17390 26939))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11095 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11096 Toggle flow control handling.
11097 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11098 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11100 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11103 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11104 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11105 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11106 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11107 to get the effect of a C-q.
11109 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11113 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11114 ;;;;;; (17478 25198))
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11117 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11120 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11122 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11125 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11130 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17396 42171))
11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11133 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11134 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11135 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11136 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11140 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11141 Turn flymake mode on.
11145 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11146 Turn flymake mode off.
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11153 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11154 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17549 4608))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11157 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11158 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11161 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11163 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11164 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11165 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11166 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11167 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11168 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11171 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11172 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11173 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11174 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11177 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11180 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11181 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11182 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11184 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11186 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11187 in your .emacs file.
11189 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11190 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11194 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11195 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11199 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11200 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11204 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11205 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11209 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11210 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11212 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11214 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11215 Flyspell whole buffer.
11221 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11222 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11223 ;;;;;; (17490 7930))
11224 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11226 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11227 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11231 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11232 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11236 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11237 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11239 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11240 of two major techniques:
11242 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11243 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11244 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11246 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11247 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11248 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11251 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11252 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11253 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11254 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11255 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11258 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11259 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11261 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11263 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11264 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11265 \(This is the default.)
11267 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11268 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11270 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11271 \\{follow-mode-map}
11273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11275 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11276 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11278 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11279 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11280 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11281 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11282 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11283 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11285 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11286 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11287 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11289 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11290 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11291 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17390
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11301 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11302 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11303 \\<message-mode-map>
11307 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11308 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11309 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11310 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11311 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11312 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11318 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11319 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17390 26939))
11320 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11322 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11323 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11325 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11326 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11327 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11328 C-c < forms-first-record <
11329 C-c > forms-last-record >
11330 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11331 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11332 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11333 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11334 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11335 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11336 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11337 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11338 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11339 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11341 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11343 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11344 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11348 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11349 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11356 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17374 21266))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11359 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11360 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11361 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11362 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11363 with a character in column 6.")
11365 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11367 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11368 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11369 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11371 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11372 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11374 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11377 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11379 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11381 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11382 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11383 `fortran-do-indent'
11384 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11385 `fortran-if-indent'
11386 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11387 `fortran-structure-indent'
11388 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11390 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11391 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11392 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11393 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11394 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11395 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11396 nil don't change the indentation
11397 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11399 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11400 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11401 depending on the continuation format in use.
11402 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11403 indentation for a line of code.
11405 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11406 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11407 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11408 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11409 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11410 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11411 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11412 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11413 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11414 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11416 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11417 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11418 statements (default nil).
11419 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11420 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11421 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11422 `fortran-continuation-string'
11423 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11424 line (default \"$\").
11425 `fortran-comment-region'
11426 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11427 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11428 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11429 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11430 as typed (default t).
11431 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11432 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11434 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11435 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11442 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11443 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11445 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11446 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11448 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11449 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11451 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11453 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11454 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11456 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11457 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11459 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11461 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11462 Compile fortune file.
11464 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11465 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11467 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11469 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11470 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11472 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11473 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11474 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11475 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11477 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11479 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11480 Display a fortune cookie.
11482 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11483 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11484 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11485 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11487 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11492 ;;;;;; (17591 9876))
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11495 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11496 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11497 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11498 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11500 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11501 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11502 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11503 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11505 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11506 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11507 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11508 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11509 some of the buffers.
11511 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11513 The following commands help control operation :
11515 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11516 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11518 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11519 detailed description of this mode.
11522 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11525 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11531 | | (comint-mode) |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11540 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11541 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11542 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11545 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11547 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11548 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11550 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11555 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17390
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11559 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11560 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11561 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11562 instead (which see).")
11564 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11565 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11567 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11568 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11569 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11570 documentation string instead.
11572 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11573 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11574 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11575 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11576 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11577 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11578 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11579 enders are actually possible.
11581 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11582 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11584 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11585 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11586 `font-lock-keywords'.
11588 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11589 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11590 runs the macro expansion.
11592 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11593 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11594 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11596 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11598 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11600 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11601 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11603 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11605 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11606 Enter generic mode MODE.
11608 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11609 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11610 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11612 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11613 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11617 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11618 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11619 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11620 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11621 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11622 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11623 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11624 `font-lock-keywords'.
11626 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11630 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11631 ;;;;;; (17407 3111))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11634 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11635 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11636 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11637 at places they belong to.
11639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11644 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17518 54377))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11647 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11648 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11650 Guideline for numbers:
11651 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11652 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11655 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11657 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11658 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11659 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11661 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11663 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11666 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11668 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11669 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11671 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11672 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11673 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11674 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11675 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11676 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11678 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11679 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11680 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11681 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11682 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11684 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11686 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11691 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17427 41288))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11694 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11695 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11699 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11701 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11702 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11703 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11704 name of an NNTP server to use.
11705 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11708 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11710 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11711 Read news as a slave.
11713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11715 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11716 Pop up a frame to read news.
11717 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11718 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11719 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11720 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11721 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11722 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11723 current display is used.
11725 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11727 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11729 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11730 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11731 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11733 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11738 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11740 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11741 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17549 5046))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11745 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11746 Start Gnus unplugged.
11750 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11751 Start Gnus plugged.
11755 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11760 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11761 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11763 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11764 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11765 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11767 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11768 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11769 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11773 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11778 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11780 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11781 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11782 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11785 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11787 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11789 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11790 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11791 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11794 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11796 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11801 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11803 downloaded into the agent.
11805 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11809 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11810 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11812 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11814 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11819 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11824 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11826 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11828 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11833 ;;;;;; (17569 17778))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11836 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11837 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11844 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11847 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11848 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11855 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11856 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11860 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11861 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11864 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11868 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11869 Generate the cache active file.
11871 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11874 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11879 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11880 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11881 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11882 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11885 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11887 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11888 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11889 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11890 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11891 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11894 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11899 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11902 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11903 Delay this article by some time.
11904 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11906 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11907 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11909 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11910 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11912 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11913 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11915 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11918 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11923 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11924 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11925 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11927 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11928 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11930 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11934 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11935 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17591 9282))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11941 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11943 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11946 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11950 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11951 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11954 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11955 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11961 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11962 ;;;;;; (17418 6749))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11966 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11973 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11974 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11978 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11979 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11983 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11984 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11989 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11993 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11994 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11998 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11999 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12000 The PNG is returned as a string.
12002 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12004 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12005 Convert FILE to a Face.
12006 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12009 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12014 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17591 9282))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12018 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12019 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12021 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12023 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12024 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12026 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12031 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12034 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12036 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12037 Run batched scoring.
12038 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12045 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12046 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12049 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12055 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12056 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12060 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12061 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12063 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12070 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12071 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12074 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12075 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12076 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12077 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12080 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12081 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12082 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12083 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12085 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12086 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12087 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12088 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12089 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12090 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12091 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12092 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12093 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12094 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12096 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12098 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12099 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12100 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12103 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12104 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12106 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12108 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12109 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12110 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12112 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12117 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12118 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12120 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12122 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12123 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12124 existing groups are considered.
12126 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12127 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12130 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12131 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12132 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12133 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12134 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12135 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12136 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12137 clauses will be generated.
12139 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12140 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12141 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12142 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12143 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12144 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12146 For example, given the following group parameters:
12149 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12150 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12152 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12153 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12154 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12155 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12157 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12159 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12161 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12163 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12164 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12167 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12172 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12176 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12177 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12179 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12184 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12187 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12188 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12189 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12190 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12192 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12194 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12197 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12199 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12200 Like `message-reply'.
12202 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12204 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12209 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17427 41288))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12212 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12213 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12217 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12218 Load the NoCeM cache.
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12225 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12226 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12229 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12230 Display picons in the From header.
12231 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12235 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12236 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12237 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12241 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12242 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12243 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12250 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12251 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12252 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12253 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12257 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12258 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12259 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12261 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12263 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12264 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12265 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12270 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12272 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12279 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12281 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12282 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12283 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12285 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12287 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12288 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12289 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12291 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12293 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12295 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12296 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12297 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12299 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12301 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12302 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12303 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12307 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12309 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12311 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12313 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12314 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12316 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12320 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12321 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17383 38805))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12324 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12329 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12330 Install the registry hooks.
12336 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12337 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17469
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12341 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12342 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12343 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12344 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12345 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12346 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12350 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12351 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12352 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12353 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12354 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12358 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12366 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12369 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12370 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12371 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12372 for matching on group names.
12374 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12375 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12377 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12379 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12386 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12389 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12390 Update the format specification near point.
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12397 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17591
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12402 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12404 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12406 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12414 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12417 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12418 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12420 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17383 38807))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12427 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12428 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12430 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12431 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12432 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12434 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12435 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12436 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12438 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12439 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12441 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12442 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12444 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12446 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12451 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17591 9445))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12454 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12456 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12457 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12458 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12459 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12460 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12462 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12464 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12465 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12466 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12468 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12469 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12471 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12472 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12475 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12479 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12480 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12481 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17591 9719))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12484 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12485 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12487 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12489 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12490 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12491 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12492 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12493 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12495 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12496 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12498 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12500 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12501 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12502 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12503 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12505 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12507 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12508 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12510 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12512 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12513 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12515 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12516 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12517 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12519 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12520 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12521 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12523 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12524 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12526 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12527 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12529 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12531 (defvar grep-history nil)
12533 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12535 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12536 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12537 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12541 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12546 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12547 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12551 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12552 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12553 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12554 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12555 where grep found matches.
12557 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12558 easily repeat a grep command.
12560 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12561 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12562 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12563 if that history list is empty).
12565 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12567 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12568 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12569 Collect output in a buffer.
12570 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12571 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12573 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12574 easily repeat a find command.
12576 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12578 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12580 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12581 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12582 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12583 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12584 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12587 before it is executed.
12588 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12590 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12591 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12592 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12594 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12596 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12598 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12599 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12600 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12601 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12602 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12604 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12605 before it is executed.
12606 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12608 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12609 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12610 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12612 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12614 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12621 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12622 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12623 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12624 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12625 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12627 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12632 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17591 9876))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12635 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12636 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12637 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12638 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12639 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12640 `gdba' for more information.
12642 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12643 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12645 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12647 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12648 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12649 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12650 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12652 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12655 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12656 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12657 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12659 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12661 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12662 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12663 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12664 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12666 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12667 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12669 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12671 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12672 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12678 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12679 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12680 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12681 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12683 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12685 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12686 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12687 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12688 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12689 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12691 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12692 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12693 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12694 original source file access method.
12696 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12697 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12699 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12701 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12702 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12703 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12704 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12706 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12707 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12709 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12711 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12712 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12718 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17383
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12722 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12723 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12724 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12725 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12727 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12728 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12729 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12730 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12737 ;;;;;; (17591 9622))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12740 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12741 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12743 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12745 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12746 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12747 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12748 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12750 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12754 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12755 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12756 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12757 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12764 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12765 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12766 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12767 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17390 26939))
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12770 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12771 Return the help-echo string at point.
12772 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12773 property, or nil, is returned.
12774 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12775 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12776 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12778 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12780 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12781 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12782 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12783 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12784 this produces no string either, return nil.
12788 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12789 Display local help in the echo area.
12790 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12791 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12792 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12795 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12796 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12797 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12801 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12802 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12803 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12807 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12808 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12809 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12813 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12814 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12815 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12816 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12817 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12818 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12819 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12820 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12821 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12822 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12823 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12825 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12826 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12827 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12828 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12829 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12831 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12832 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12833 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12834 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12835 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12836 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12837 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12838 The default is `never'.")
12840 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12842 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12843 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12844 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12845 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12846 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12847 considered different regions.
12849 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12850 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12851 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12852 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12853 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12854 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12855 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12856 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12857 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12859 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12861 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12862 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12863 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12864 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12867 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12868 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12869 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12870 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12871 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12872 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12873 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12874 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12876 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12877 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12878 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12879 rarely happens in practice.
12881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12883 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12884 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12885 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12886 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12887 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12888 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12894 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12895 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12896 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12897 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17591 9719))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12900 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12901 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12902 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12903 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12904 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12905 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12909 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12910 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12912 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12914 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12915 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12916 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12918 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12920 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12921 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12923 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12925 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12928 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12930 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12931 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12932 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12933 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12935 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12937 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12938 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12939 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12940 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12941 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12942 it is displayed along with the global value.
12944 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12946 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12947 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12948 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12949 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12953 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12954 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12955 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12956 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12957 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12963 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12964 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
12965 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12967 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12968 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12969 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12970 and window listing and describing the options.
12971 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12972 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12974 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12978 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12979 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12980 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17591 9719))
12981 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12983 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12984 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12985 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12991 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12996 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13001 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13002 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13004 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13005 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13006 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13007 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13009 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13010 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13011 restore it properly when going back.
13013 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13015 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13016 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13018 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13019 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13020 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13021 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13022 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13023 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13024 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13025 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13027 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13028 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13029 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13030 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13032 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13033 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13038 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13039 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13040 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13041 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13042 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13043 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13045 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13047 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13048 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13049 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13050 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13051 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13053 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13055 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13056 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13058 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13062 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13063 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17591 9619))
13064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13066 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13067 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13071 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13072 Provide help for current mode.
13078 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13079 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17591 9619))
13080 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13082 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13083 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13084 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13085 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13086 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13088 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13089 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13091 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13092 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13093 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13094 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13096 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13097 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13100 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13105 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13106 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13107 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13108 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13109 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13110 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13111 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13112 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13113 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13114 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13115 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13116 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13117 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13118 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13119 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13121 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
13122 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13123 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13125 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13128 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13130 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13131 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13132 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13134 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13135 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13136 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13138 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13139 into the buffer at the current point.
13141 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13142 into the buffer at the current point.
13144 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13145 into the buffer at the current point.
13147 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13149 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13150 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13152 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13154 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13159 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13160 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13161 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13165 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13166 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13167 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13173 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13174 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13175 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13176 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13179 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13180 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13182 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13183 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13184 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13185 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13186 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13187 called interactively, are:
13189 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13190 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13192 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13193 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13194 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13195 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13197 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13198 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13200 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13201 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13203 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13204 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13205 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13206 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13207 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13208 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13210 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13211 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13213 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13214 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13216 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13217 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13218 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13219 Patterns will be read until
13221 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13225 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13226 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13227 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13229 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13231 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13233 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13235 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13236 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13237 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13238 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13239 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13243 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13245 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13246 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13248 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13249 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13250 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13251 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13253 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13255 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13257 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13258 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13260 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13261 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13262 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13263 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13265 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13267 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13269 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13270 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13272 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13273 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13275 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13277 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13279 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13280 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13282 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13283 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13284 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13285 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13286 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13288 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13290 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13291 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13293 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13294 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13295 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13302 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17524 8597))
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13305 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13306 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13307 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13308 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13309 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13310 how the hiding is done:
13313 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13314 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13317 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13318 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13319 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13320 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13321 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13324 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13325 #endif lines when hiding.
13327 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13328 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13331 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13332 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13333 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13335 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13339 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13340 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13342 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13344 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13345 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13347 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13349 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13350 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13352 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13356 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13357 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
13358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13360 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13361 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13362 Each element has the form
13363 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13365 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13366 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13368 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13369 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13371 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13372 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13373 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13374 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13375 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13376 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13378 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13379 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13381 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13382 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13384 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13385 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13386 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13388 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13389 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13390 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13391 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13392 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13393 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13395 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13396 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13397 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13399 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13400 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13402 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13405 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13411 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13412 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13413 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13414 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13415 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17390 27370))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13418 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13419 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13420 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13422 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13424 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13425 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13427 Without an argument:
13428 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13429 or passive state as determined by the variable
13430 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13433 With an argument ARG:
13434 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13435 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13436 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13438 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13439 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13440 not displayed in a different face.
13443 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13444 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13445 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13446 buffer with the contents of a file
13447 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13448 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13452 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13453 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13454 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13458 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13459 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13463 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13468 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13469 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13471 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13472 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13473 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13474 shown in the last face in the list.
13476 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13477 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13478 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13480 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13484 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13485 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13487 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13489 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13492 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13493 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13495 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13496 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13497 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13499 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13501 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13502 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13504 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13505 this function is called interactively.
13507 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13508 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13509 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13511 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13512 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13513 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13515 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13517 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13518 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13520 When called interactively:
13521 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13522 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13523 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13524 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13526 When called from a program:
13527 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13528 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13529 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13530 - otherwise just turn it on
13532 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13533 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13534 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13535 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13541 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13542 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13543 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13544 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13545 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17390 26939))
13546 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13548 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13549 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13550 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13551 or insert functions in this list.")
13553 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13555 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13556 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13558 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13560 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13561 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13563 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13565 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13566 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13568 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13571 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13573 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13576 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13577 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13579 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13581 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13582 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13583 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13586 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13588 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13589 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13590 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13591 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13592 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13594 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13596 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13597 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13598 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13599 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13600 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13602 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13603 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13604 undoes the expansion.
13608 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13609 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13610 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13611 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13613 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13618 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
13619 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13621 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13622 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13623 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13625 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13626 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13627 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13628 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13629 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13631 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13632 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13633 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13634 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13638 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13639 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13640 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13642 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13644 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13646 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13648 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13649 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13650 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13652 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13653 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13659 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13660 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13663 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13664 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13665 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13667 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13671 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13672 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13674 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13675 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13676 different list. For example,
13678 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13679 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13681 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13682 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13684 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13685 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13686 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13687 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13690 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13692 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13696 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13697 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17383 38806))
13698 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13700 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13701 This function is obsolete.
13702 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13703 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13707 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13708 This function is obsolete.
13709 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13710 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13714 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13715 This function is obsolete.
13716 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13717 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13723 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17396
13725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13727 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13728 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13735 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13736 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13737 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13738 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13739 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13740 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13741 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13742 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13743 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13744 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13745 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13746 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13747 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17454 30832))
13757 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13759 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13760 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13761 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13765 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13766 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13768 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13773 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13775 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13776 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13778 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13780 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13781 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13785 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13786 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13788 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13790 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13791 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13793 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13794 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13795 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13796 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13797 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13798 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13799 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13800 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13801 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13802 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13803 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13804 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13806 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13809 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13811 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13812 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13816 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13817 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13821 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13822 Remove the first filter group.
13826 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13827 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13829 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13831 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13832 Remove all filter groups.
13836 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13837 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13841 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13842 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13843 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Kill the filter group at point.
13849 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13851 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13853 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13854 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13864 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13865 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13866 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13868 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13870 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13871 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13872 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13876 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13877 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13878 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13879 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13880 of replacing the current filters.
13884 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13885 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13889 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13890 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13894 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13895 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13897 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13898 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13899 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13914 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13915 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13918 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13920 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13921 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13922 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13924 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13926 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13927 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13936 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13937 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13938 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13939 of replacing the current filters.
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13953 Default sorting modes are:
13954 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13955 Name - the name of the buffer
13956 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13957 Size - the size of the buffer
13961 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13977 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13978 for this Ibuffer session.
13980 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13984 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13985 for this Ibuffer session.
13987 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13992 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13993 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13995 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13996 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13998 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14000 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14003 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14004 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14006 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14016 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14017 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14018 hidden group filter, open it.
14020 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14021 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14022 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14028 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14035 The names are separated by a space.
14036 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14038 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14039 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14040 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14041 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14043 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14047 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14050 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14055 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14060 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14067 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Mark all modified buffers.
14072 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14073 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14078 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14083 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14092 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14097 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14102 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14103 Mark all read-only buffers.
14107 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14108 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14112 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14113 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14114 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14117 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14121 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14122 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17466
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14126 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14127 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14129 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14130 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14131 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14133 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14134 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14135 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14136 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14137 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14138 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14140 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14141 title of the column.
14143 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14144 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14145 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14146 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14147 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14149 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14151 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14153 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14154 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14155 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14157 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14158 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14159 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14161 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14163 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14164 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14165 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14166 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14167 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14168 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14170 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14171 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14172 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14173 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14174 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14175 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14176 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14177 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14179 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14180 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14181 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14182 buffer's modification flag.
14183 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14184 prompted before performing this operation.
14185 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14186 operation is complete, in the form:
14187 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14188 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14189 confirmation message, in the form:
14190 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14191 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14192 macro for exactly what it does.
14194 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14196 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14197 Define a filter named NAME.
14198 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14199 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14200 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14202 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14203 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14204 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14205 bound to the current value of the filter.
14207 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14211 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14212 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17591 9281))
14213 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14216 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14217 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14218 buffers which are visiting a file.
14220 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14222 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14223 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14224 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14225 buffers which are visiting a file.
14227 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14229 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14230 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14231 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14233 All arguments are optional.
14234 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14235 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14236 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14237 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14238 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14239 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14240 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14241 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14242 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14243 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14244 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14245 that value locally in this buffer.
14247 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14251 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14252 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14253 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17401 60141))
14254 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14256 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14257 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14258 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14259 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14261 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14263 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14264 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14265 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14266 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14268 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14269 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14270 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14272 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14274 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14275 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14276 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14277 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14278 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14279 non-marking or not.
14281 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14283 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14284 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14286 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14287 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14290 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14291 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14292 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14294 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14297 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14298 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14299 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14301 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14305 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17401
14307 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14309 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14310 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14311 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14313 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14315 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14317 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14319 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14320 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14321 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14327 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14330 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14331 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14332 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14333 Tab indents for Icon code.
14334 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14337 Variables controlling indentation style:
14338 icon-tab-always-indent
14339 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14340 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14342 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14343 inserted in Icon code.
14345 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14346 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14347 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14348 icon-continued-statement-offset
14349 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14350 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14351 icon-continued-brace-offset
14352 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14353 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14355 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14356 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14357 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14358 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14360 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14367 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14368 ;;;;;; (17515 24857))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14371 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14372 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14373 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14374 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14376 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14377 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14380 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14381 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14383 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14384 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14385 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14387 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14389 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14393 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14394 ;;;;;; (17515 24857))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14397 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14398 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14400 The main features of this mode are
14402 1. Indentation and Formatting
14403 --------------------------
14404 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14405 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14407 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14408 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14409 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14410 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14412 Comments are indented as follows:
14414 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14415 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14416 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14418 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14420 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14421 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14422 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14423 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14424 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14425 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14427 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14428 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14429 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14430 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14434 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14435 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14436 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14437 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14438 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14439 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14440 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14441 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14442 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14443 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14448 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14449 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14450 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14451 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14455 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14456 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14457 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14458 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14459 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14462 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14463 --------------------------------
14464 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14465 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14467 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14468 \\fu FUNCTION template
14469 \\c CASE statement template
14470 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14471 \\f FOR loop template
14472 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14473 \\w WHILE loop template
14474 \\i IF statement template
14475 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14478 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14479 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14481 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14482 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14483 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14484 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14486 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14487 -------------------------
14488 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14489 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14491 7. Automatic END completion
14492 ------------------------
14493 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14494 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14498 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14499 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14501 9. Documentation and Customization
14502 -------------------------------
14503 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14504 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14505 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14506 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14507 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14511 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14512 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14513 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14515 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14518 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14522 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14523 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14524 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14525 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14526 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14527 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14528 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14529 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17591
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14533 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14534 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14535 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14536 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14538 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14539 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14540 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14543 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14545 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14547 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14548 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14549 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14550 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14551 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14552 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14553 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14554 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14555 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14559 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14560 Switch to another buffer.
14561 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14562 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14565 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14566 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14567 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14568 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14569 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14571 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14572 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14574 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14575 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14577 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14578 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14579 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14580 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14581 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14582 in a separate window.
14583 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14584 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14585 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14586 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14587 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14588 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14589 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14590 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14591 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14595 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14596 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14597 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14598 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14602 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14603 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14604 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14605 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14609 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14611 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14612 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14616 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14617 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14618 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14619 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14623 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14624 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14625 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14626 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14630 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14631 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14635 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14636 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14637 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14638 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14639 visible in another frame.
14641 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14642 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14643 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14644 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14645 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14646 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14648 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14649 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14651 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14652 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14654 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14655 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14656 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14657 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14658 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14659 in a separate window.
14660 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14661 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14662 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14663 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14664 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14665 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14666 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14667 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14669 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14670 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14671 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14672 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14673 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14678 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14679 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14680 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14685 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14686 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14687 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14692 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14693 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14694 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14699 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14700 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14701 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14706 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14707 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14708 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14713 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14714 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14715 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14720 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14721 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14722 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14727 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14728 Write current buffer to a file.
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14734 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14735 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14741 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14742 Call dired the ido way.
14743 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14748 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14749 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14750 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14751 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14752 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14753 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14755 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14757 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14758 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14759 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14760 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14762 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14764 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14765 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14766 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14767 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14769 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14771 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14772 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14773 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14774 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14775 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14776 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14777 with `completing-read'.
14778 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14779 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14780 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14781 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14782 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14783 with point positioned at the end.
14784 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14785 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14787 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17390 26940))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14793 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14795 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14796 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14797 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14803 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14804 ;;;;;; (17390 26940))
14805 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14807 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14808 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14812 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14813 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14819 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14820 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14821 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14822 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14823 ;;;;;; (17490 7905))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14826 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14827 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14828 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14831 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14833 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14834 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14835 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14840 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14841 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14842 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14845 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14847 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14848 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14849 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14852 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14854 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14855 Determine and return image type.
14856 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14857 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14858 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14859 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14860 use its file extension as image type.
14861 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14863 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14865 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14866 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14867 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14869 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14871 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14873 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14874 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14875 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14876 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14877 use its file extension as image type.
14878 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14879 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14880 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14881 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14883 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14885 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14888 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14889 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14890 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14891 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14892 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14893 POS may be an integer or marker.
14894 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14895 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14896 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14897 means display it in the right marginal area.
14899 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14901 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14902 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14903 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14904 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14905 defaulted if you omit it.
14906 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14907 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14908 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14909 means display it in the right marginal area.
14910 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14911 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14912 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14913 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14914 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14916 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14918 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14919 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14920 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14921 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14922 defaulted if you omit it.
14923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14926 means display it in the right marginal area.
14927 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14929 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14931 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14932 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14933 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14934 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14936 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14938 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14939 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14941 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14943 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14944 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14945 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14946 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14947 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14948 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14949 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14950 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14953 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14955 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14957 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14959 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14960 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14962 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14963 documentation string.
14965 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14966 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14967 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14968 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14969 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14970 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14971 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14976 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14977 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14979 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14983 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14984 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14985 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14988 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14989 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14990 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14991 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14993 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14994 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14995 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14996 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14998 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
15000 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15001 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15002 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15003 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15005 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15006 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15007 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15008 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15010 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
15012 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15013 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15017 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15018 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15019 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15020 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15022 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15024 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15025 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15026 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15028 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15030 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
15032 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15034 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15035 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15036 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15037 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15039 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15040 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15041 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15048 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17549 4607))
15049 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15050 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15051 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15052 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15053 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15054 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15055 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15057 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15058 Major mode for image files.
15059 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15060 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15064 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15065 Toggle Image minor mode.
15066 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15067 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15071 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15072 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15073 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15074 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15075 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15076 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15078 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15079 information on these modes.
15085 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15086 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17591 9619))
15087 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15089 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15090 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15092 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15094 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15095 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15098 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15100 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15101 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15102 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15104 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
15106 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15107 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15109 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15110 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15111 pattern's structure.
15113 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15114 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15115 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15118 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15120 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15121 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15123 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15124 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15125 called within a `save-excursion'.
15127 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15129 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15131 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15132 Function for finding the next index position.
15134 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15135 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15136 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15139 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15140 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15142 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15144 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15145 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15147 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15148 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15149 It should return the name for that index item.")
15151 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15153 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15154 Function to compare string with index item.
15156 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15157 non-nil if they match.
15159 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15160 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15161 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15162 arguments match\".")
15164 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15166 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15167 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15168 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15170 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15172 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15174 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15176 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15177 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15178 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15179 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15183 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15184 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15186 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15190 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15191 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15192 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15193 for more information.
15195 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15199 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15200 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15201 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17342 36796))
15202 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15204 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15205 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15207 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15209 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15212 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15214 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15217 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15219 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15222 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15224 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15225 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15226 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15227 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15228 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15230 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15232 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15233 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15234 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15235 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15236 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15238 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15242 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15243 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15244 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17549 4607))
15245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15247 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15248 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15249 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15250 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15251 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15253 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15255 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15256 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15258 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15260 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15261 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15262 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15263 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15264 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15265 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15266 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15267 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15269 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15271 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15272 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15273 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15274 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15275 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15277 This variable is only used if the variable
15278 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15280 More precise choices:
15281 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15282 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15285 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15287 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15289 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15290 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15292 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15293 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15294 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15296 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15297 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15298 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15302 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15304 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15308 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15309 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15310 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15311 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17591 9719))
15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15314 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15315 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15317 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15318 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15319 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15321 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15322 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15323 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15324 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15325 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15326 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15327 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15328 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15329 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15330 with the top-level Info directory.
15332 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15333 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15334 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15335 appended to the Info buffer name.
15337 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15338 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15339 in all the directories in that path.
15341 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15343 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15344 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15348 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15349 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15350 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15351 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15355 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15356 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15357 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15358 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15360 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15362 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15363 Go to the Info directory node.
15367 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15368 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15369 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15370 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15371 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15372 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15374 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15376 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15377 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15378 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15380 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15382 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15383 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15384 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15385 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15386 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15388 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15389 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15391 Selecting other nodes:
15392 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15393 Follow a node reference you click on.
15394 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15395 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15396 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15397 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15398 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15399 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15400 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15401 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15402 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15403 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15404 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15405 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15406 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15407 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15408 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15409 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15410 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15411 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15412 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15413 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15415 Moving within a node:
15416 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15417 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15418 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15419 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15420 move up to the parent node.
15421 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15422 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15424 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15427 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15428 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15429 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15430 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15431 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15432 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15433 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15434 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15435 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15436 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15437 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15438 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15439 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15440 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15441 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15442 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15445 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15447 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15448 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15449 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15450 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15451 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15452 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15454 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15455 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15457 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15458 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15460 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15461 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15462 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15463 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15467 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15468 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15469 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15475 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15476 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15477 ;;;;;; (17390 26940))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15480 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15481 Throw away all cached data.
15482 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15483 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15487 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15489 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15490 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15491 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15492 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15493 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15494 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15496 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15498 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15499 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15501 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15502 Display the documentation of a file.
15503 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15504 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15505 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15506 The default file name is the one found at point.
15508 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15510 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15512 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15513 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15515 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15517 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15518 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15520 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15524 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15525 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17524 8597))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15528 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15529 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15531 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15533 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15534 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15535 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15539 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15540 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15541 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15543 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15544 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15551 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15552 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17390 26940))
15553 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15555 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15556 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15558 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15560 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15561 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15562 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15564 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15565 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15566 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15568 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15569 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15570 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15571 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15575 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15576 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15577 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15581 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15582 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15583 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15584 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15585 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15592 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15593 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
15594 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15596 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15597 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15601 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15602 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15606 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15609 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15613 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17390
15615 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15617 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15618 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15619 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15620 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15621 accessed via isearchb.
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15628 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15629 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15631 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15632 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15633 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15634 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15635 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15636 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15638 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15639 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15641 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15642 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15643 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15644 \"s gives German sharp s.
15645 /a gives a with ring.
15646 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15647 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15648 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15649 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15651 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15652 and a negative argument disables it.
15654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15658 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15659 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15660 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15661 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17279 27079))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15664 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15665 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15666 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15667 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15669 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15671 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15672 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15673 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15674 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15676 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15678 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15679 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15680 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15681 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15683 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15685 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15686 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15687 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15688 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15690 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15692 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15693 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15694 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15695 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15697 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15699 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15700 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15701 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15702 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15704 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15706 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15707 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15708 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15709 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15711 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15713 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15714 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15715 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15716 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15718 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15720 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15721 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15722 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15723 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15725 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15727 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15728 Warn that format is read-only.
15732 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15733 Warn that format is write-only.
15737 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15738 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15745 ;;;;;; (17279 27115))
15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15747 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15748 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15749 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15754 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15755 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15756 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15757 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (17549 5052))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15760 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15762 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15763 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15764 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15765 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15767 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15768 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15770 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15771 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15772 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15774 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15775 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15778 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15780 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15782 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15784 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15786 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15788 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15790 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15792 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15793 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15795 Each element of this list is also a list:
15797 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15798 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15800 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15801 nil means the default dictionary.
15803 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15806 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15808 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15809 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15810 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15811 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15812 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15813 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15814 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15815 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15816 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15818 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15819 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15820 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15821 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15822 for non-ASCII bytes.
15824 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15825 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15828 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15831 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15832 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15833 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15834 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15835 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15836 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15837 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15838 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15840 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15842 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15843 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15844 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15846 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15847 Key map for ispell menu.")
15849 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15850 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15851 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15852 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15854 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15856 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15858 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15860 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15862 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15863 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15864 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15865 Valid forms include:
15866 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15867 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15868 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15869 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15871 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15872 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15873 First list is used raw.
15874 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15876 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15877 for skipping in latex mode.")
15879 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15880 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15881 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15882 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15883 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15884 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15886 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15887 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15888 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15889 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15891 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15892 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15893 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15894 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15895 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15897 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15898 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15900 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15901 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15903 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15904 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15907 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15908 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15909 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15910 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15911 quit spell session exited.
15913 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15915 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15916 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15917 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15919 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15921 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15922 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15926 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15927 SPC: Accept word this time.
15928 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15929 `a': Accept word for this session.
15930 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15931 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15932 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15933 `?': Show these commands.
15934 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15935 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15936 the aborted check to be completed later.
15937 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15938 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15939 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15940 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15941 `C-l': redraws screen
15942 `C-r': recursive edit
15943 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15948 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15949 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15951 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15953 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15954 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15955 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15956 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15958 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15960 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15962 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15963 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15964 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15965 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15967 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15969 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15970 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15974 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15975 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15979 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15980 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15984 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15985 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15986 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15987 sequence inside of a word.
15989 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15991 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15993 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15994 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15998 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15999 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16000 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16001 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16003 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16004 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16005 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16006 available on the net.
16010 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16011 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16012 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16014 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16015 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16017 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16018 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16022 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16023 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16024 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16025 Don't check included messages.
16027 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16028 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16029 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16031 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16032 in your .emacs file:
16033 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16034 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16035 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16036 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16038 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16039 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16040 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16050 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16051 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16052 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16054 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16056 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16058 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16060 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16061 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16062 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16063 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16064 `iswitchb' for details.
16066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16070 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16071 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16072 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16073 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17279 27080))
16074 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16076 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16081 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16082 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16083 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16084 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16085 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16086 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16087 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16088 necessary to represent OBJ.
16090 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16092 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16093 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16094 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16095 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16097 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16099 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16100 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16101 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16102 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16103 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16105 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16107 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16108 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16109 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16110 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16112 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16114 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16115 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16116 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16117 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16119 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16121 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16122 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16124 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16126 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16127 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16128 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16129 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16130 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16132 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16134 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16135 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16136 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16137 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16138 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16140 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16142 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16143 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16144 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16146 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16151 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17411 12435))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16154 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16155 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16156 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16157 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16159 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16162 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16164 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16165 Uninstall jka-compr.
16166 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16167 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16168 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16175 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16176 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16179 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16180 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16181 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16182 decimal key must be specified.")
16184 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16186 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16187 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16188 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16189 decimal key must be specified.")
16191 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16193 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16194 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16195 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16196 decimal key must be specified.")
16198 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16200 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16201 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16202 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16203 decimal key must be specified.")
16205 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16207 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16208 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16209 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16210 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16211 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16215 -------------------------------------------------------------
16216 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16217 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16218 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16219 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16220 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16221 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16222 in the global and local keymaps.
16224 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16225 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16227 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16231 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16232 ;;;;;; (17307 17630))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16235 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16236 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16237 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16239 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16240 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16241 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16242 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16245 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16246 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16247 the context of text formatting.
16249 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17279
16255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16257 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16258 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16259 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16260 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16261 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16262 positions that contains the current selection.")
16264 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16265 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16266 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16267 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16268 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16269 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16270 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16276 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16277 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16278 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16279 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17505 62414))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16281 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16282 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16283 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16284 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16285 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16286 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16287 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16289 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16290 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16291 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16292 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16293 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16295 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16297 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16298 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16299 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16301 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16302 defining the macro.
16304 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16305 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16306 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16308 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16309 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16313 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16314 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16315 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16316 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16317 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16320 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16321 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16322 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16326 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16327 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16328 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16330 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16331 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16332 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16333 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16335 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16336 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16338 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16340 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16341 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16342 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16344 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16347 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16348 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16350 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16351 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16352 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16354 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16355 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16359 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16360 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16361 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16362 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16364 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16366 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16367 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16368 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16369 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16371 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16372 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16374 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16376 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16377 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16378 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16380 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16384 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16385 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16386 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16389 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16391 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16394 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16396 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16399 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16401 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16404 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16408 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16409 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17279 27080))
16410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16412 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16413 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16414 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16416 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16424 ;;;;;; (17591 9445))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16427 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16429 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16430 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16434 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16436 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16437 Start or resume an Lm game.
16438 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16439 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16441 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16442 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16443 none / 1 | yes | no
16448 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16449 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16450 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16456 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16457 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16458 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17279
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16462 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16465 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16467 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16468 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16469 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16470 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16471 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16472 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16474 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16475 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16477 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16479 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16480 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16482 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16484 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16487 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16489 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16490 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16491 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16492 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16495 The return value is number of composed characters.
16497 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16499 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16506 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16507 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16508 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17374 21550))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16511 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16512 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16513 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16514 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16516 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16518 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16519 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16520 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16522 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16524 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16525 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16526 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16530 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16531 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16532 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16533 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16535 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16539 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16540 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17279 27079))
16541 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16543 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16544 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16545 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16546 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16547 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16548 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16549 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16550 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16552 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16553 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16556 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16558 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16560 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16561 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16562 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16563 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16564 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16565 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16566 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16567 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16569 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16571 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16572 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16573 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16574 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16577 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16579 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16583 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16584 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16585 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16587 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16588 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16589 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16590 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16592 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16594 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16595 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16598 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16600 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16601 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16602 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16603 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16604 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16607 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16608 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16609 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16610 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16611 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16613 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16614 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16615 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16616 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16617 slow to keep up with your typing.
16619 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16620 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16621 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16622 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16623 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16624 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16626 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16627 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16628 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16629 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16631 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16632 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16633 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16634 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16636 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16637 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16638 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16639 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16640 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16644 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16645 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16652 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
16653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16655 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16657 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16659 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16660 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16666 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16667 ;;;;;; (17390 26941))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16670 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16671 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16673 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16674 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16676 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16677 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16679 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16680 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16681 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16682 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16683 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16684 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16685 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16686 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16687 and transmit saved text.
16689 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16690 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16694 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16701 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17383 38807))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16704 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16705 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16706 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16707 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16708 generations (this defaults to 1).
16710 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17469
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16718 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16719 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16720 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16721 is nil, raise an error.
16723 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16724 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16725 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16726 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16727 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16728 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16729 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16730 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16731 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16733 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16738 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17591 9293))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16741 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16742 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16743 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16745 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16747 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16748 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16749 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16750 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16752 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16753 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16754 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16755 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16756 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16757 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16760 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16761 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16763 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16764 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16766 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16768 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16769 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16770 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16771 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16772 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16773 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16774 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16775 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16776 to constrain a big search.
16778 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16779 except that FILTER is not optional.
16781 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16785 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17496 38723))
16786 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16788 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16789 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16790 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16791 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16792 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16793 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16794 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16795 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16796 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16797 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16798 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16799 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16800 uses the current buffer.
16802 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17496
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16810 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16811 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16817 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17591
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16821 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16822 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16823 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16824 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16825 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16827 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16828 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16829 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16831 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16832 are indicated with a symbol.
16834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16838 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16839 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17390
16841 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16843 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16845 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16847 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16848 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16849 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16851 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16852 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16854 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16855 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16856 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16857 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16858 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16859 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16860 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16862 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16864 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16865 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16866 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16867 switch on this list.
16868 See `lpr-command'.")
16870 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16872 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16873 *Name of program for printing a file.
16875 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16876 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16877 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16878 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16879 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16880 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16883 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16885 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16886 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16887 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16888 for customization of the printer command.
16892 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16893 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16895 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16896 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16897 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16898 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16900 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16901 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16903 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16904 for further customization of the printer command.
16908 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16909 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16910 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16911 for customization of the printer command.
16913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16915 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16916 Paginate and print the region contents.
16918 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16919 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16920 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16921 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16923 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16924 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16926 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16927 for further customization of the printer command.
16929 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16934 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16937 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16938 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16939 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16941 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16949 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16950 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16951 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16953 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16959 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16963 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16964 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16972 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16975 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16976 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16977 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16978 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16979 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16981 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16985 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16986 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17390 26942))
16987 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16989 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16990 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16991 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16992 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16993 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16995 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16997 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16998 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16999 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17000 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17002 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17003 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17004 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17005 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17008 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17009 use this command, and then save the file.
17011 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17013 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17014 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17015 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17016 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17017 each time the macro executes.
17018 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17019 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17020 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17021 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17022 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17023 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17024 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17028 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17029 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17030 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17031 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17033 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17034 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17035 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17038 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17039 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17041 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17042 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17043 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17044 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17045 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17047 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17050 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17051 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17052 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17054 You could enter the names in this format:
17060 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17063 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17066 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17067 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17069 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17070 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17074 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17075 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17078 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17079 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17080 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17081 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17082 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17083 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17085 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17086 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17087 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17088 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17089 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17091 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17092 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17093 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17096 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17098 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17099 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17101 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17106 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17107 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17110 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17111 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17115 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17120 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17121 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17123 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
17125 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17126 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17127 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17130 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17137 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17138 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17142 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17143 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17144 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17145 often correct parser.")
17147 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17149 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17152 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17154 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17155 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17156 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17157 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17159 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17161 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17162 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17163 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17164 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17166 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17168 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17169 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17170 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17171 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17172 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17173 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17174 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17177 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17179 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17180 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17181 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17182 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17183 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17184 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17186 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17191 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17390 26942))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17194 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17195 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17199 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17200 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17201 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17203 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17205 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17206 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17207 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17209 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17213 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17214 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17390
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17218 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17219 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17220 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17222 If `parens', they look like:
17223 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17224 If `angles', they look like:
17225 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17227 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
17229 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17230 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17231 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17232 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17233 their `Resent-' variants.
17235 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17236 removed from alias expansions.
17238 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17240 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17241 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17242 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17244 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17245 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17246 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17247 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17249 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17251 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17252 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17253 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17254 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17260 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17261 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17264 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17265 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17266 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17267 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17273 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17274 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17275 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17591 9293))
17276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17278 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17279 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17281 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17282 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17283 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17284 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17285 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17286 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17288 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17289 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17290 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17291 dependency, despite the colon.
17293 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17295 In the browser, use the following keys:
17297 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17299 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17301 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17302 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17304 `makefile-target-colon':
17305 The string that gets appended to all target names
17306 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17307 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17309 `makefile-macro-assign':
17310 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17311 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17312 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17313 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17314 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17315 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17317 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17318 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17319 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17321 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17322 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17324 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17325 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17326 up or down in the browser.
17328 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17329 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17331 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17332 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17334 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17335 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17336 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17337 has been selected in the browser.
17339 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17340 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17341 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17342 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17343 filenames are omitted.
17345 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17346 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17347 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17348 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17349 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17350 the backslash itself intact.
17351 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17352 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17354 `makefile-browser-hook':
17355 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17356 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17358 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17359 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17360 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17361 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17365 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17366 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17370 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17371 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17375 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17376 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17380 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17381 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17385 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17386 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17392 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17390
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17396 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17397 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17398 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17404 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17466 28474))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17407 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17409 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17410 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17411 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17412 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17413 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17414 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17415 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17417 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17418 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17419 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17420 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17422 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17424 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17425 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17427 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17431 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17279 27123))
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17434 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17435 Toggle Master mode.
17436 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17437 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17438 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17440 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17441 following commands:
17443 \\{master-mode-map}
17445 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17446 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17447 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17453 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17549
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17457 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17459 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17460 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17461 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17463 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17465 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17467 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17468 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17469 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17470 created in the future.
17471 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17472 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17478 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17479 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17480 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17481 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17482 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17483 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17484 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17485 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17486 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17487 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17488 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17569 17789))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17491 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17492 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17494 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17496 If `parens', they look like:
17497 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17498 If `angles', they look like:
17499 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17501 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17502 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17504 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17506 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17507 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17509 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17511 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17512 *Local news organization file.")
17514 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17516 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17517 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17518 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17519 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17521 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17522 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17523 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17525 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17527 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17529 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17530 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17532 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17533 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17534 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17535 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17537 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17539 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17540 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17541 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17542 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17544 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17546 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17547 *Function for citing an original message.
17548 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17549 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17550 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17552 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17554 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17555 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17556 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17557 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17558 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17560 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17562 (defvar message-signature t "\
17563 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17564 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17565 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17566 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17568 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17570 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17571 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17572 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17573 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17575 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17577 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17578 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17580 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17582 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17584 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17585 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17586 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17587 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17588 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17589 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17590 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17591 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17592 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17593 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17594 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17595 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17596 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17597 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17598 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17599 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17600 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17601 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17602 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17603 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17604 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17605 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17606 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17607 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17608 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17609 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17610 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17611 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17612 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17613 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17614 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17615 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17616 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17617 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17618 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17619 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17620 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17624 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17625 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17626 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17628 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17630 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17631 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17633 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17635 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17636 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17638 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17640 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17641 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17643 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17645 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17646 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17647 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17649 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17651 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17652 Cancel an article you posted.
17653 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17657 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17658 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17659 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17660 header line with the old Message-ID.
17664 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17665 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17669 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17670 Forward the current message via mail.
17671 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17672 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17674 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17676 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17679 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17681 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17684 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17686 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17687 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17691 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17692 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17694 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17696 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17697 Re-mail the current message.
17698 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17699 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17704 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17705 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17707 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17709 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17710 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17714 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17715 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17717 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17719 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17720 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17722 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17724 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17725 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17726 Works by overstriking characters.
17727 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17728 which specify the range to operate on.
17730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17732 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17733 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17734 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17735 which specify the range to operate on.
17737 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17741 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17742 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17745 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17746 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17750 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17751 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17755 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17756 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17760 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17761 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17767 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17768 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17769 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17772 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17773 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17774 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17778 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17779 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17780 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17781 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17782 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17783 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17784 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17786 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17788 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17789 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17790 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17791 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17792 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17794 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17795 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17797 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17799 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17800 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17801 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17802 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17803 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17805 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17806 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17808 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17812 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17813 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17814 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17569 17774))
17815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17817 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17818 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17819 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17823 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17824 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17825 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17829 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17830 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17832 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17833 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17834 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17836 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17837 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17839 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17840 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17842 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17844 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17846 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17847 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17848 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17849 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17850 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17853 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17854 initial Subject field, respectively.
17856 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17857 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17860 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17863 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17865 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17866 Save draft and send message.
17868 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17869 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17870 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17873 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17874 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17875 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17877 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17878 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17879 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17880 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17881 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17882 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17884 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17885 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17889 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17890 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17892 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17893 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17894 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17895 delete the draft message.
17901 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17591 9293))
17902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17904 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17906 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17908 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17910 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17911 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17917 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17490 7902))
17919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17921 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17922 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17923 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17925 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17926 the MH mail system.
17928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17930 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17931 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17932 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17934 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17935 the MH mail system.
17937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17939 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17940 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17942 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17943 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17944 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17947 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17948 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17949 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17952 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17956 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17957 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17958 can be used in several ways.
17960 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17961 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17962 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17963 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17967 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17968 The range must be nonempty.
17973 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17974 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17981 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17984 All of the messages.
17986 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17987 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17989 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17990 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17991 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17993 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17999 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18000 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17418 6752))
18001 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18003 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18004 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18005 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18006 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18007 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18008 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18009 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18010 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18011 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18012 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18013 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18017 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18018 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18019 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18020 to its second argument TM.
18022 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18027 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18030 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18031 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18032 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18034 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18036 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18038 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18040 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18041 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18042 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18043 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18044 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18045 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18046 default indication.
18048 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18049 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18055 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18056 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18059 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18060 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18065 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18069 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18070 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18071 ;;;;;; (17342 36796))
18072 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18074 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18079 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18082 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18084 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18085 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18086 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18089 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18093 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18094 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17469 13462))
18095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18097 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18098 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18100 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18102 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18103 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18104 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18105 the entire message.
18106 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18108 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18113 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18116 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18117 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18118 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18119 the entire message.
18120 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18122 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18126 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18127 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17383 38805))
18128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18130 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18131 Insert file contents of URL.
18132 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18134 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18136 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18137 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18139 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18143 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18144 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17496 39167))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18147 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18148 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18149 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18150 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18151 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18153 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18155 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18156 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18157 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18159 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18164 ;;;;;; (17496 38719))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18167 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18170 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18172 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18175 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18180 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18181 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17496 39167))
18182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18184 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18187 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18189 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18192 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18194 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18197 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18199 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18202 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18204 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18207 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18209 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18212 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18214 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18221 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18222 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18225 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18226 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18227 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18228 followed by the first character of the construct.
18230 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18231 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18232 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18233 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18234 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18235 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18236 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18237 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18238 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18239 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18240 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18241 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18242 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18245 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18246 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18247 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18253 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18254 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
18255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18257 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18258 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18260 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18262 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18263 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18265 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18269 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17390
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18273 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18274 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18275 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18277 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18279 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18281 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18283 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18284 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18285 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18286 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18288 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18290 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18292 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18294 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18295 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18296 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18297 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18298 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18299 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18301 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18302 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18303 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18304 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18305 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18307 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18308 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18310 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18311 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18313 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18315 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18316 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18317 primary selection and region.
18319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17383 38807))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18326 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18327 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18333 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17569 17797))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18336 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18337 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18338 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18340 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18342 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18344 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18346 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18347 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18348 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18354 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18355 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18356 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18357 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18358 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18359 ;;;;;; (17279 27171))
18360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18362 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18363 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18364 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18365 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18366 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18367 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18368 set of ISO charsets.
18370 Each element has the following format:
18371 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18373 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18375 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18376 CHARSET are mapped.
18378 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18379 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18380 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18381 character code in CHARSET.
18383 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18384 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18385 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18387 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18388 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18390 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18391 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18393 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18394 Display a list of all character sets.
18396 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18397 internal Emacs use.
18399 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18400 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18401 hexadecimal digits.
18402 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18403 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18405 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18406 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18407 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18408 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18410 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18411 but still shows the full information.
18415 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18416 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18417 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18418 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18419 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18421 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18422 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18423 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18424 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18425 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18427 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18429 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18430 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18431 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18432 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18433 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18435 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18437 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18438 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18440 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18442 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18443 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18445 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18447 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18448 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18450 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18451 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18453 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18454 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18455 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18456 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18457 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18458 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18459 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18460 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18461 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18462 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18463 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18464 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18465 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18466 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18467 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18468 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18472 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18473 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18477 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18478 Display a list of all coding systems.
18479 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18481 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18482 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18486 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18487 Display a list of all coding categories.
18491 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18492 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18494 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18496 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18497 Display information about FONTSET.
18498 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18500 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18502 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18503 Display a list of all fontsets.
18504 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18505 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18506 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18510 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18511 Display information about all input methods.
18515 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18516 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18518 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18519 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18520 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18521 system which uses fontsets).
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18528 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18529 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18530 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18531 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18532 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17279 27079))
18533 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18535 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18536 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18537 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18539 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18541 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18543 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18544 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18546 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18547 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18549 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18550 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18552 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18554 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18555 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18556 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18557 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18558 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18559 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18560 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18562 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18563 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18564 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18565 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18566 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18567 middle of a character in STR.
18569 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18570 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18572 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18573 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18574 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18575 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18576 defaults to \"...\".
18578 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18580 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18581 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18583 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18584 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18585 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18587 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18588 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18589 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18591 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18592 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18593 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18595 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18596 longer than KEYSEQ.
18597 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18599 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18601 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18602 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18603 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18604 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18605 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18606 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18607 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18608 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18609 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18610 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18611 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18613 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18615 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18616 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18618 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18620 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18621 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18623 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18625 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18626 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18628 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18630 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18631 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18633 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18635 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18636 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18637 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18638 coding systems ordered by priority.
18640 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18642 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18643 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18644 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18645 language environment LANG-ENV.
18647 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18649 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18650 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18651 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18652 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18653 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18654 basis, this may not be accurate.
18656 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18660 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18661 ;;;;;; (17505 62425))
18662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18664 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18665 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18666 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18668 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18670 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18672 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18673 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18674 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18675 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18679 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18680 Enable mouse wheel support.
18682 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18686 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18687 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18688 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18689 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18692 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18693 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18695 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18697 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18699 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18700 `ping-program-options'.
18704 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18705 Run ipconfig program.
18709 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18711 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18712 Run netstat program.
18716 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18717 Run the arp program.
18721 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18722 Run the route program.
18726 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18727 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18731 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18732 Run nslookup program.
18736 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18737 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18741 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18746 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18751 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18752 Finger USER on HOST.
18754 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18756 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18757 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18758 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18759 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18761 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18763 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18768 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18769 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18771 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18773 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18774 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18776 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18780 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18781 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18782 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18783 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18784 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18785 ;;;;;; (17515 24859))
18786 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18788 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18790 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18792 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18794 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18796 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18797 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18798 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18799 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18800 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18801 Major modes should set this variable.")
18803 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18804 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18805 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18806 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18807 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18808 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18810 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18811 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18813 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18814 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18815 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18817 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18818 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18819 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18820 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18821 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18823 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18824 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18825 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18827 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18828 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18829 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18830 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18832 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18833 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18834 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18835 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18836 column indentation or nil.
18837 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18839 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18840 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18841 The function has no args.
18843 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18844 comments always start in column zero.")
18846 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18847 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18848 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18850 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18852 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18853 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18854 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18855 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18857 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18858 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18860 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18862 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18863 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18864 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18865 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18866 customize this variable.
18868 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18869 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18871 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18873 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18874 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18875 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18876 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18877 the variables are properly set.
18879 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18881 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18882 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18886 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18887 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18888 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18890 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18892 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18893 Set the comment column based on point.
18894 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18895 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18896 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18897 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18901 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18902 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18903 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18907 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18908 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18909 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18912 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18914 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18915 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18916 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18917 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18918 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18919 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18920 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18921 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18923 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18924 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18926 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18928 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18929 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18930 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18931 is passed on to the respective function.
18933 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18935 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18936 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18937 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18938 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18939 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18940 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18941 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18942 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18943 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18947 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18948 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18949 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18951 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18953 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18954 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18955 This indents the body of the continued comment
18956 under the previous comment line.
18958 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18959 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18960 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18962 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18963 or comment indentation.
18965 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18966 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18968 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18972 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18973 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18974 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
18975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18977 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18978 Check whether newsticker is running.
18979 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18980 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18984 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18985 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18986 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18987 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18992 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18993 Start the newsticker.
18994 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18995 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18996 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18997 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18999 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19001 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19002 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19003 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19008 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19009 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19015 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19016 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19019 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19020 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19022 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19026 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19030 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19031 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19032 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19033 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19034 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19035 symbol in the alist.
19037 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19041 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19042 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
19043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19045 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19046 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19047 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19053 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19054 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19057 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19058 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19059 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19065 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19066 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19069 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19070 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19072 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19076 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19077 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17383 38805))
19078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19080 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19081 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19085 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19086 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19090 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19091 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19097 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19098 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17390 26944))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19101 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19102 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19103 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19105 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19107 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19110 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19112 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19113 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19114 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19115 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19116 to future sessions.
19118 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19120 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19121 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19122 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19123 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19124 to future sessions.
19126 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19130 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19131 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19134 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19135 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19137 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19138 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19139 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19145 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19146 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19149 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19150 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19151 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19152 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19153 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19159 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19160 ;;;;;; (17591 9570))
19161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19163 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19164 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19165 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19167 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19169 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19170 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19172 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19173 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19174 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19178 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19182 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19183 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19186 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19187 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19189 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19190 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19191 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19192 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19194 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19195 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19196 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19197 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19198 is why you need this mode!).
19200 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19201 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19202 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19204 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19209 \\{octave-mode-map}
19211 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19212 ==============================================
19215 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19218 octave-auto-newline
19219 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19222 octave-blink-matching-block
19223 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19224 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19226 octave-block-offset
19227 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19230 octave-continuation-offset
19231 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19234 octave-continuation-string
19235 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19236 Default is a backslash.
19238 octave-mode-startup-message
19239 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19242 octave-send-echo-input
19243 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19244 command to the inferior Octave process.
19246 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19247 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19248 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19250 octave-send-echo-input
19251 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19253 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19255 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19256 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19258 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19259 (setq auto-mode-alist
19260 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19262 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19263 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19265 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19269 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19270 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19272 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19273 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19274 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19275 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19281 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19282 ;;;;;; (17569 17776))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19285 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19286 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19287 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19291 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19292 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19293 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19294 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19295 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19297 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19304 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19305 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19306 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19307 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19308 ;;;;;; (17591 9570))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19311 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19312 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19313 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19315 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19316 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19317 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19318 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19319 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19320 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19321 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19322 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19323 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19324 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19326 The following commands are available:
19332 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19333 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19335 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19336 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19337 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19338 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19339 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19341 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19342 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19343 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19344 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19345 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19346 and zoom in further.
19347 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19349 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19350 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19351 is negative, go up that many levels.
19353 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19354 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19355 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19357 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19358 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19362 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19363 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19367 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19368 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19369 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19370 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19372 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19373 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19374 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19375 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19376 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19377 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19378 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19380 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19381 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19382 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19384 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19385 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19386 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19390 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19391 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19392 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19393 will be able to go to other weeks.
19394 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19395 also be shown, under the current date.
19396 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19397 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19398 to turn on logging.
19399 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19400 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19401 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19403 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19405 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19406 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19407 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19408 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19409 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19410 `org-todo-keywords'.
19412 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19414 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19415 Return diary information from org-files.
19416 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19417 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19418 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19419 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19421 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19422 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19423 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19425 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19426 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19427 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19428 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19430 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19431 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19432 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19434 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19435 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19436 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19437 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19439 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19441 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19443 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19444 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19448 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19449 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19452 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19454 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19455 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19456 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19458 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19460 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19461 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19462 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19464 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19466 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19467 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19468 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19469 \\[org-insert-link].
19470 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19471 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19472 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19476 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19477 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19478 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19479 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19480 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19484 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19485 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19486 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19487 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19491 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19492 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19493 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19494 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19495 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19496 file the text at a specific location.
19497 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19498 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19499 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19501 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19502 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19503 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19504 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19505 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19506 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19507 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19508 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19510 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19511 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19512 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19513 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19515 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19516 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19517 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19519 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19520 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19521 \(i.e. after the stars).
19523 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19527 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19528 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19532 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19533 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19537 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19538 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19539 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19540 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19544 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19545 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19546 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19547 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19551 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19552 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19553 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19559 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19560 ;;;;;; (17515 24859))
19561 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19562 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19564 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19565 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19566 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19567 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19569 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19570 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19571 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19572 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19574 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19575 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19576 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19577 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19578 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19579 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19581 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19582 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19583 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19585 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19586 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19587 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19588 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19589 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19590 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19591 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19592 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19593 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19594 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19595 The subheadings remain visible.
19596 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19598 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19599 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19600 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19602 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19603 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19607 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19608 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19609 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19610 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17496
19618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19619 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19620 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19621 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19622 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19623 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19624 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19625 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19626 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19627 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19631 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17390 26944))
19632 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19634 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19635 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19636 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19638 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19640 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19642 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19644 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19645 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19646 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19647 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19649 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19650 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19656 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19657 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19658 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19660 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19661 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19662 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19663 unknown are returned as nil.
19665 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19669 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19673 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19674 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19675 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19677 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19678 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19680 Other useful functions are:
19682 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19683 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19684 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19685 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19686 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19687 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19688 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19689 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19690 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19692 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19694 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19695 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19696 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19697 Indentation for case statements.
19698 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19699 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19701 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19702 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19703 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19704 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19705 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19706 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19707 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19708 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19709 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19710 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19712 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19713 pascal-separator-keywords.
19715 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19716 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19722 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19723 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
19724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19726 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19727 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19728 The keys affected are:
19729 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19730 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19731 M-Backspace does undo.
19732 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19733 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19734 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19741 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19744 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19745 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19746 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19748 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19750 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19752 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19754 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19755 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19757 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19759 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19760 which modify the status of the mark.
19762 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19763 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19765 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19766 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19768 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19769 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19770 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19771 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19772 turning PC Selection mode on.
19774 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19775 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19777 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19778 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19779 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19781 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19782 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19783 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19785 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19786 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19788 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19789 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19790 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19792 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19793 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19794 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19800 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19801 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19806 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19807 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19808 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19809 and cursor movement commands.
19810 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19812 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19814 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19818 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17390
19820 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19822 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19823 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19829 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19830 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17390 26944))
19831 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19833 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19834 Completion for `gzip'.
19838 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19839 Completion for `bzip2'.
19843 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19844 Completion for GNU `make'.
19848 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19849 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19853 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19857 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19858 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17390 26944))
19859 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19861 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19862 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19866 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19867 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19871 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19872 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19878 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17390
19880 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19882 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19883 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19884 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19885 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19886 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19887 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19893 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19894 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19895 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17390 26944))
19896 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19898 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19899 Completion for `cd'.
19903 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19906 Completion for `rmdir'.
19910 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19911 Completion for `rm'.
19915 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19916 Completion for `xargs'.
19920 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19922 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19923 Completion for `which'.
19927 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19928 Completion for the `chown' command.
19932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19933 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19939 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19940 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19941 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17466
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19945 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19946 Support extensible programmable completion.
19947 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19948 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19950 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19952 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19953 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19957 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19958 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19959 This will modify the current buffer.
19963 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19964 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19968 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19969 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19970 This will modify the current buffer.
19974 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19975 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19979 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19980 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19984 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19985 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19986 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19987 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19988 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19990 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19992 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19993 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19999 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20000 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20001 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17569 17772))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20004 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20005 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20006 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20007 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20009 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20011 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20013 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20014 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20015 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20016 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20017 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20018 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20021 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20023 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20024 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20025 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20026 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20027 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20028 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20029 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20030 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20032 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20034 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20035 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20036 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20037 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20038 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20039 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20040 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20043 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20045 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20046 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20047 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20048 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20049 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20050 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20051 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20053 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20055 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20057 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20058 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20059 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20061 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
20063 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20064 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20065 nil means never do it.
20066 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20067 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20068 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20070 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
20072 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20073 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20074 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17591 9570))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20081 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20085 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20086 ;;;;;; (17499 10453))
20087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20089 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20090 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20091 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20092 Tab indents for Perl code.
20093 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20094 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20095 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20097 Variables controlling indentation style:
20098 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20099 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20100 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20101 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20102 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20103 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20104 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20106 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20107 `perl-indent-level'
20108 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20109 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20110 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20111 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20112 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20113 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20114 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20115 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20116 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20117 `perl-brace-offset'
20118 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20119 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20120 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20121 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20122 `perl-label-offset'
20123 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20124 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20125 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20127 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20128 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20129 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20130 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20131 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20132 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20133 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20135 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20141 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20142 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20143 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20144 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17390 26944))
20145 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20147 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20148 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20150 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20152 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20153 passphrase cache or user.
20155 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20157 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20158 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20160 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20163 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20165 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20166 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20168 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20171 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20172 passphrase cache or user.
20174 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20176 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20177 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20179 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20181 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20184 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20185 passphrase cache or user.
20187 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20189 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20190 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20192 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20193 passphrase cache or user.
20195 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20197 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20198 Decrypt the current buffer.
20200 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20203 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20204 passphrase cache or user.
20206 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20208 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20209 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20211 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20212 a detached signature.
20214 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20215 and the the output is displayed.
20217 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20218 passphrase cache or user.
20220 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20222 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20223 Sign the current buffer.
20225 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20226 detached signature.
20228 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20231 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20232 and the the output is displayed.
20234 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20235 passphrase cache or user.
20237 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20239 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20240 Verify the current region between START and END.
20241 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20242 the detached signature of the current region.
20244 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20245 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20247 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20249 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20250 Verify the current buffer.
20251 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20252 the detached signature of the current region.
20253 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20254 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20255 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20258 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20260 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20261 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20265 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20266 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20270 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20271 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20277 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20278 ;;;;;; (17466 28572))
20279 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20281 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20282 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20284 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20289 ;;;;;; (17466 28579))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20292 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20293 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20294 \\<picture-mode-map>
20295 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20296 afterwards settable by these commands:
20298 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20299 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20300 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20301 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20303 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20304 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20305 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20306 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20308 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20309 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20310 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20311 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20313 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20314 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20315 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20316 with these commands:
20318 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20319 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20320 Move to column following last
20321 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20322 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20323 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20324 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20325 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20326 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20328 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20330 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20331 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20332 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20333 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20334 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20335 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20337 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20338 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20339 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20340 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20341 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20342 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20343 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20345 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20346 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20347 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20348 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20349 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20350 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20351 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20352 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20354 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20355 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20356 by supplying an argument.
20358 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20360 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20361 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20365 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20369 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20370 ;;;;;; (17549 4608))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20373 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20374 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20375 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20377 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20381 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17549 5052))
20382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20384 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20385 Play pong and waste time.
20386 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20387 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20389 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20397 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20398 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17390 26938))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20401 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20402 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20403 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20404 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20406 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20408 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20409 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20413 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20414 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20415 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20416 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20417 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20419 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20421 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20422 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20423 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20424 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20425 in the variable `values'.
20427 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20429 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20430 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20431 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20432 Ignores leading comment characters.
20438 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20439 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20440 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20441 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20442 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20443 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20444 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20445 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20446 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20447 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20448 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20449 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20450 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20451 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20452 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20453 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20454 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20455 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20456 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20459 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20460 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20462 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20464 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20468 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20469 Preview directory using ghostview.
20471 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20472 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20473 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20474 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20476 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20477 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20478 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20479 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20480 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20483 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20485 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20487 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20488 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20490 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20491 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20492 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20493 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20496 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20497 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20498 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20499 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20502 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20504 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20506 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20507 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20509 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20510 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20511 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20512 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20515 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20516 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20517 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20518 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20521 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20523 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20525 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20526 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20528 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20530 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20531 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20532 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20533 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20535 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20536 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20537 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20538 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20539 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20542 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20544 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20546 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20547 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20549 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20550 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20551 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20554 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20555 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20556 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20561 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20563 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20564 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20565 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20567 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20568 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20569 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20570 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20574 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20575 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20577 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20578 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20579 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20581 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20582 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20583 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20584 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20586 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20588 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20589 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20591 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20593 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20594 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20595 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20597 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20598 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20599 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20600 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20602 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20604 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20605 Preview region using ghostview.
20607 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20609 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20611 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20612 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20614 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20616 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20618 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20619 Print region using PostScript printer.
20621 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20625 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20626 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20628 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20630 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20632 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20633 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20635 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20639 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20640 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20642 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20644 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20646 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20647 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20649 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20651 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20653 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20654 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20656 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20658 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20660 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20661 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20662 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20663 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20665 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20668 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20669 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20671 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20673 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20675 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20676 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20677 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20678 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20682 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20683 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20684 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20685 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20689 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20690 Print directory using text printer.
20692 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20695 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20696 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20698 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20700 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20702 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20703 Print buffer using text printer.
20707 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20708 Print region using text printer.
20712 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20713 Print major mode using text printer.
20717 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20718 Preview spooled PostScript.
20720 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20721 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20722 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20724 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20725 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20726 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20728 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20730 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20731 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20734 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20735 instead of sending it to the printer.
20737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20739 image in a file with that name.
20741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20743 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20744 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20746 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20747 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20748 instead of sending it to the printer.
20750 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20751 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20752 image in a file with that name.
20754 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20756 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20757 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20759 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20760 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20761 instead of sending it to the printer.
20763 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20764 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20765 image in a file with that name.
20767 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20769 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20770 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20772 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20774 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20775 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20777 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20779 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20780 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20782 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20784 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20785 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20789 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20790 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20792 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20794 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20795 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20797 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20798 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20799 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20800 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20802 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20803 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20804 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20805 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20806 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20807 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20810 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20812 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20813 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20817 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20818 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20820 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20822 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20827 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20828 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20832 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20833 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20837 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20838 Toggle printing with faces.
20842 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20847 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20852 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20855 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20857 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20862 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20867 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20868 Toggle upside-down.
20872 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20873 Toggle line number.
20877 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20878 Toggle zebra stripes.
20882 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20883 Toggle printing header.
20887 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20888 Toggle printing header frame.
20892 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20897 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20898 Toggle auto region.
20902 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20907 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20908 Customization of the `printing' group.
20910 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20912 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20913 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20915 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20917 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20918 Help for the printing package.
20920 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20922 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20923 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20927 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20928 Interactively select a text printer.
20932 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20933 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20937 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20938 Show current ps-print settings.
20940 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20942 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20943 Show current printing settings.
20945 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20947 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20948 Show current lpr settings.
20950 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20952 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20953 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20955 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20956 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20957 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20958 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20961 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20963 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20964 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20965 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20967 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20968 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20969 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20970 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20971 current active printer.
20973 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20974 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20975 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20978 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20979 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20980 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20981 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20982 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20985 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20986 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20988 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20990 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20991 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20992 be done using the new current active printer.
20994 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20995 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20998 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20999 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21000 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21001 instead of sending it to the printer.
21003 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21004 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21007 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21010 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21015 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21016 Fast fire function for text printing.
21018 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21019 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21020 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21021 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21023 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21024 user for a new active text printer.
21026 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21028 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21030 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21031 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21034 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21036 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21039 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21043 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21044 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21047 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21048 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21049 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21051 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21052 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21053 if that value is non-nil.
21057 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
21058 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17390 26944))
21065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21067 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21068 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21069 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21073 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
21075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21077 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21078 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21080 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21082 The following variables hold user options, and can
21083 be set through the `customize' command:
21085 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21087 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21088 `ps-mode-print-function'
21090 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21094 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21097 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21103 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21104 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21105 The keymap for this second window is:
21107 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21110 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21111 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21112 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21113 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21114 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21120 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21121 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21122 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21123 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17390 26944))
21124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21126 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21127 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21131 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21132 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21133 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21134 changed by setting the variable
21135 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21136 The initial value of this variable is
21137 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21140 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21141 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21142 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21143 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21144 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21145 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21148 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21149 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21150 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21151 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21152 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21153 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21154 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21155 use this value, be sure to have installed
21156 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21157 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21158 documentation of this variable).
21160 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21161 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21162 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21163 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21164 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21165 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21167 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21169 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
21171 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21172 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21173 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21175 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21177 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21182 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21183 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21185 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21187 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21191 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21193 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21196 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21198 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21199 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21201 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21204 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21208 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21210 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21213 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21215 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21216 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21220 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21221 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21222 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21224 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21226 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21227 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21228 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21230 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21232 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21239 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21240 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21241 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21242 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21243 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21244 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17390
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21248 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21249 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21250 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21252 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
21254 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21255 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21256 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21257 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21259 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
21261 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21262 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21266 nil Do not print colors.
21270 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21271 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21273 Any other value is treated as t.")
21275 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
21277 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21278 Customization of ps-print group.
21282 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21283 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21285 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21286 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21287 sending it to the printer.
21289 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21290 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21291 image in a file with that name.
21293 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21295 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21296 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21297 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21298 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21299 so it has a way to determine color values.
21301 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21303 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21304 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21305 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21307 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21309 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21310 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21311 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21312 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21313 so it has a way to determine color values.
21315 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21317 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21318 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21319 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21320 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21322 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21326 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21327 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21328 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21329 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21330 so it has a way to determine color values.
21332 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21336 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21337 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21338 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21340 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21342 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21344 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21345 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21346 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21348 so it has a way to determine color values.
21350 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21352 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21354 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21355 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21357 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21358 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21359 instead of sending it to the printer.
21361 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21362 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21363 image in a file with that name.
21365 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21367 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21368 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21369 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21370 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21371 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21375 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21376 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21377 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21379 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21381 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21382 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21383 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21385 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21387 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21388 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21392 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21393 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21395 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21396 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21398 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21399 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21401 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21403 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21405 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21407 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21408 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21410 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21411 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21413 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21414 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21416 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21418 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21420 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21422 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21423 foreground and background colors respectively.
21425 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21426 bold - use bold font.
21427 italic - use italic font.
21428 underline - put a line under text.
21429 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21430 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21431 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21432 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21433 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21435 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21437 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21441 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21442 ;;;;;; (17490 7930))
21443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21445 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21447 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21449 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21451 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21452 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21453 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21454 buffer automatically.
21455 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21456 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21457 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21458 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21459 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21462 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21464 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21465 Major mode for editing Python files.
21466 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21467 parsing of the source.
21468 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21469 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21470 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21472 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21473 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21474 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21475 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21476 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21477 \\<python-mode-map>
21478 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21479 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21480 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21481 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21482 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21483 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21485 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21486 effect outside them.
21488 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21489 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21490 lines count as headers.
21492 \\{python-mode-map}
21496 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21497 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21498 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21499 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21505 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21506 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21509 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21510 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21511 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21514 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21515 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21517 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21518 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21519 them into characters should be done separately.
21521 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21525 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21526 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21527 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21528 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21529 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17279 27196))
21530 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21532 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21533 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21537 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21538 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21539 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21541 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21542 `quail-activate', which see.
21544 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21546 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21547 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21548 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21549 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21550 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21551 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21552 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21554 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21555 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21556 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21557 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21558 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21560 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21562 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21563 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21564 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21565 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21566 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21567 list of candidates.
21569 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21570 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21571 command to be called.
21573 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21574 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21575 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21576 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21578 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21579 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21580 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21581 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21582 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21585 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21586 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21587 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21588 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21590 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21591 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21592 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21593 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21595 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21596 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21597 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21598 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21599 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21600 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21602 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21603 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21604 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21605 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21606 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21607 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21609 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21610 covers Quail translation region.
21612 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21613 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21614 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21615 for it) is inserted.
21617 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21618 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21619 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21621 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21622 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21623 non-Quail commands.
21625 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21627 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21628 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21630 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21631 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21632 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21633 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21634 you type is correctly handled.
21636 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21638 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21639 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21641 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21644 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21646 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21647 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21648 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21649 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21650 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21651 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21652 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21653 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21654 for the translation.
21655 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21657 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21658 it is used to handle KEY.
21660 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21661 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21662 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21663 the following annotation types are supported.
21665 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21666 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21668 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21671 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21672 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21673 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21676 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21677 generated for the following translations.
21679 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21681 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21682 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21684 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21685 which to install MAP.
21687 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21689 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21691 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21692 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21694 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21695 which to install MAP.
21697 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21699 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21701 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21702 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21703 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21704 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21705 a function, or a cons.
21706 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21707 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21708 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21709 for the translation.
21710 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21711 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21712 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21713 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21714 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21716 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21717 it is used to handle KEY.
21719 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21720 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21721 current Quail package.
21723 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21724 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21726 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21728 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21729 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21731 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21732 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21734 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21736 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21737 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21739 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21741 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21742 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21743 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21744 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21745 of the Emacs source tree.
21747 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21748 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21750 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21751 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21754 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21758 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21759 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21760 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21764 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21765 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21766 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21767 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21769 To make use of this do something like:
21771 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21773 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21775 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21776 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21778 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21779 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21780 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21782 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21784 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21785 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21787 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21789 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21790 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21792 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21795 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21797 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21798 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21800 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21801 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21802 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21804 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21806 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21807 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21809 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21811 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21812 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21816 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21817 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21819 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21821 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21825 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21826 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21832 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21833 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17569 18000))
21834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21836 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21838 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21842 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21844 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21847 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21849 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21850 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21851 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21853 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21855 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21857 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21858 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21864 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17569
21866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21868 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21869 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21872 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21876 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21877 ;;;;;; (17505 62391))
21878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21880 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21882 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21883 Construct a regexp interactively.
21889 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17466 28165))
21890 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21892 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21893 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21894 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21896 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21898 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21900 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21901 Toggle recentf mode.
21902 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21903 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21905 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21906 that were operated on recently.
21908 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21914 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21915 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21916 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21917 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17466
21919 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21921 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21922 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21923 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21924 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21926 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21928 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21930 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21931 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21932 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21933 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21936 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21937 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21940 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21942 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21943 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21944 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21946 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21947 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21950 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21952 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21953 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21954 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21956 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21958 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21959 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21961 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21962 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21964 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21967 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21968 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21969 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21970 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21973 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21975 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21976 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21980 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21981 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21982 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21983 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21984 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21985 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21986 and point is at the lower right corner.
21988 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21990 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21991 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21993 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21994 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21996 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21997 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21998 on the right side of the rectangle.
22000 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22002 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22004 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22005 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22006 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22007 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22008 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22010 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22011 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22013 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22015 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22016 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22017 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22019 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22021 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22023 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22025 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22026 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22028 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22029 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22030 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22032 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22034 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22035 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22036 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22038 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22039 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22040 rectangle which were empty.
22042 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22046 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17390
22048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22050 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22051 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22052 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22054 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22055 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22056 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22062 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22063 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
22064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22066 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22067 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22071 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22072 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22074 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22075 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22077 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22078 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22079 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22082 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22083 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22084 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22086 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22087 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22088 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22090 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22091 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22093 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22094 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22096 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22097 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22104 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22105 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22106 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22112 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22113 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
22114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22116 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22117 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22118 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22119 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22120 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22121 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22123 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22125 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22127 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22128 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22129 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22130 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22131 `reftex-cite-format'.
22133 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22134 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22135 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22136 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22138 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22143 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
22144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22146 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22147 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22148 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22149 the current TeX document.
22151 With no argument, this command toggles
22152 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22153 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22159 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22160 ;;;;;; (17418 6743))
22161 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22163 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22164 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22165 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22167 To insert new phrases, use
22168 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22169 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22171 To index phrases use one of:
22173 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22174 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22175 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22176 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22177 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22179 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22180 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22182 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22184 Here are all local bindings.
22186 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22192 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22193 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22196 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22197 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22198 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22201 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17496
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22208 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22209 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22210 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22211 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22215 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22216 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
22217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22219 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22220 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22221 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22222 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22223 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22224 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22226 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22227 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22229 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22232 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22234 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22235 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22236 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22237 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22239 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17390 26945))
22244 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22246 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22247 Repeat most recently executed command.
22248 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22249 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22250 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22252 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22253 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22254 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22256 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22260 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22261 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22264 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22265 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22267 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22268 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22269 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22270 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22271 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22272 and point is left after the salutation.
22274 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22275 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22276 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22277 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22278 left after that text.
22280 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22283 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22284 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22285 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22286 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22288 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22292 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22293 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22296 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22297 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22298 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22299 visibility of comments that precede it.
22300 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22301 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22302 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22303 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22304 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22305 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22306 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22307 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22309 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22310 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22311 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22312 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22313 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22316 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17390
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22324 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22325 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22331 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22332 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22335 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22336 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22337 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22339 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22340 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22341 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22345 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22346 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22347 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22349 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22351 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22353 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22354 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22355 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22357 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22358 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22359 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22366 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
22367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22369 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22370 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22374 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22375 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22377 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22381 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17390 26944))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22383 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22385 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22386 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22387 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22388 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22390 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22392 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22393 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22394 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22395 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22397 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22398 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22400 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22401 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22403 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22404 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22407 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22408 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22409 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22410 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22411 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22413 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22414 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22415 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22416 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22418 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22419 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22422 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22426 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22427 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22428 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22429 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22430 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22431 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22432 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17524
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22436 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22437 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22438 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22440 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22442 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22443 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22444 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22445 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22447 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22449 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22450 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22451 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22452 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22453 value is the user's email address and name.)
22454 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22456 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22457 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22458 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22459 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22460 which normally happens once for each message,
22461 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22462 To make a change in this variable take effect
22463 for a message that you have already viewed,
22464 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22466 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22468 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22469 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22470 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22471 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22473 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22475 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22476 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22478 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22480 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22481 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22482 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22483 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22485 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22487 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22488 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22490 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22492 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22493 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22495 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22497 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22498 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22499 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22500 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22501 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22503 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22505 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22506 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22507 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22508 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22510 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22512 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22513 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22515 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22517 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22518 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22520 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22522 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22523 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22525 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22527 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22528 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22530 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22531 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22533 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22534 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22536 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22538 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22539 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22541 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22542 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22543 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22544 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22546 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22547 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22549 This is set to nil by default.")
22551 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22552 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22553 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22554 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22555 until a user explicitly requires it.
22557 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22558 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22561 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22563 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22564 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22565 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22566 It is called with no argument.")
22568 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22569 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22570 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22571 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22572 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22573 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22574 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22576 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22577 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22578 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22579 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22580 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22581 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22583 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22584 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22585 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22586 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22587 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22589 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22590 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22591 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22592 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22593 MSG is the message number,
22594 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22595 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22597 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22598 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22599 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22600 this feature is required with `require'.
22602 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22603 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22605 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22606 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22607 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22608 the message is decoded as normal way.
22610 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22611 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22612 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22614 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22615 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22616 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22618 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22619 Read and edit incoming mail.
22620 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22621 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22622 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22624 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22625 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22626 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22627 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22629 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22631 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22633 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22634 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22635 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22636 Instead, these commands are available:
22638 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22639 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22640 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22641 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22642 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22643 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22644 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22645 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22646 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22647 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22648 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22649 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22650 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22651 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22652 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22653 till a deleted message is found.
22654 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22655 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22656 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22657 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22658 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22659 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22660 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22661 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22662 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22663 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22664 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22665 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22666 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22667 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22668 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22669 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22670 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22671 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22672 (label defaults to last one specified).
22673 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22674 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22675 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22676 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22677 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22678 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22679 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22680 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22681 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22685 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22686 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22688 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22690 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22691 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22693 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22697 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22698 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22701 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22702 Edit the contents of this message.
22708 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22709 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22710 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22711 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22713 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22714 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22715 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22717 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22719 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22720 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22721 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22723 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22725 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22728 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22730 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22731 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22732 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22733 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22734 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22736 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22738 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22739 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22740 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22741 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22742 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22744 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22748 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22749 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22752 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22753 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22754 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22755 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22757 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22761 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22762 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22763 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17390 26943))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22766 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22767 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22768 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22769 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22770 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22771 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22772 a file name as a string.")
22774 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22776 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22777 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22778 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22779 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22780 buffer visiting that file.
22781 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22782 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22784 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22785 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22787 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22788 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22790 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22791 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22793 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22795 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22796 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22798 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22800 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22801 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22802 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22803 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22804 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22806 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22807 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22808 will be appended with their original headers.
22810 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22811 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22813 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22814 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22816 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22818 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22820 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22821 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22822 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22824 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22829 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22830 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22834 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22835 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22836 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22838 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22840 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22841 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22842 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22844 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22846 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22847 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22848 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22850 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22852 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22853 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22854 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22856 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22858 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22859 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22860 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22862 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22864 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22865 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22866 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22868 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22870 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22871 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22872 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22873 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22875 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22880 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22881 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22882 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22883 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22886 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22887 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22889 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22891 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22892 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22894 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22896 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22897 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22901 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22902 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22903 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22905 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22907 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22908 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22909 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22910 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22911 only look in the To and From fields.
22912 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22914 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22916 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22917 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22918 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22919 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22920 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22922 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22924 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22925 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22926 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22927 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22928 look in the whole message.
22929 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22931 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22933 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22934 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22935 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22937 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22939 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22940 *Function to decode summary-line.
22942 By default, `identity' is set.")
22944 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22946 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22947 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22948 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22949 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22950 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22951 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22952 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22954 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22955 sent by you under different user names.
22956 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22958 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22960 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22964 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22965 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
22966 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22968 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22969 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22970 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22971 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22973 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22977 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22978 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17390 26945))
22979 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22981 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22982 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22984 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22986 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22987 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22989 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22991 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22992 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22994 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22996 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22997 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22998 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23000 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23001 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23004 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23008 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23009 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
23015 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23016 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23017 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23018 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23019 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23022 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23023 *This variable is obsolete.")
23025 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
23027 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23028 *This variable is obsolete.")
23030 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23032 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23033 *This variable is obsolete.")
23035 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23037 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23038 *This variable is obsolete.")
23040 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
23042 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23043 *This variable is obsolete.")
23045 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23047 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23048 *This variable is obsolete.")
23050 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23052 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23053 This function is obsolete.
23055 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23059 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17390
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23063 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23064 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23070 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23074 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23075 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23076 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23077 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23079 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23081 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23082 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23083 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23084 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23086 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23090 matches string STRING literally.
23093 matches character CHAR literally.
23095 `not-newline', `nonl'
23096 matches any character except a newline.
23099 matches any character
23104 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23105 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23106 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23108 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23109 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23110 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23111 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23113 `(not (any SET ...))'
23114 matches any character not in SET ...
23116 `line-start', `bol'
23117 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23118 in the text being matched
23121 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23123 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23124 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23125 string being matched against.
23127 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23128 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23129 string being matched against.
23132 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23133 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23136 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23137 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23140 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23142 `word-start', `bow'
23143 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23147 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23150 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23153 `(not word-boundary)'
23154 `not-word-boundary'
23155 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23158 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23159 matches 0 through 9.
23162 matches ASCII control characters.
23164 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23165 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23168 matches space and tab only.
23171 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23174 `printing', `print'
23175 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23178 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23179 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23180 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23182 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23183 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23184 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23187 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23190 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23192 `lower', `lower-case'
23193 matches anything lower-case.
23195 `upper', `upper-case'
23196 matches anything upper-case.
23198 `punctuation', `punct'
23199 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23200 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23202 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23203 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23206 matches anything that has word syntax.
23209 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23212 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23213 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23214 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23216 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23217 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23220 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23221 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23222 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23223 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23224 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23226 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23227 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23228 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23229 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23230 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23232 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23233 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23235 `(category CATEGORY)'
23236 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23237 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23239 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23240 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23241 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23242 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23246 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23247 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23248 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23249 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23250 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23251 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23252 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23253 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23254 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23255 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23256 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23257 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23258 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23259 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23268 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23272 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23274 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23279 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23280 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23282 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23283 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23284 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23285 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23286 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23288 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23289 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23290 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23291 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23293 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23294 another name for `submatch'.
23296 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23297 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23298 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23299 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23300 regular expression.
23302 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23303 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23304 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23305 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23306 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23308 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23309 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23311 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23312 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23314 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23316 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23319 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23320 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23323 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23324 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23326 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23328 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23331 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23334 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23336 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23337 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23339 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23342 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23345 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23349 matches N occurrences.
23352 matches N or more occurrences.
23354 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23355 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23356 matches N to M occurrences.
23359 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23362 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23365 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23368 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23372 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23374 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (17466 28165))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23382 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23383 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23384 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23387 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23389 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23390 Toggle savehist-mode.
23391 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23392 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23393 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23394 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23396 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23397 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23398 which is probably undesirable.
23404 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23405 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23408 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23409 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23410 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23412 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23413 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23414 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23415 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23416 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23417 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23418 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23419 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23422 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23423 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23424 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23425 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23426 if that value is non-nil.
23430 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23431 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23432 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23435 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23436 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23437 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23438 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23439 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23440 that variable's value is a string.
23446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23447 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23450 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23451 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23452 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23454 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23460 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17383
23462 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23464 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23465 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23466 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23467 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23469 Interesting variables:
23471 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23472 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23474 `scribe-electric-quote'
23475 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23477 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23478 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23479 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23486 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23489 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23490 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23491 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23492 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23493 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23495 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23497 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23499 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23500 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23501 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23502 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23503 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23509 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23510 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23511 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23513 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23514 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23515 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23516 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23517 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23524 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23525 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23526 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23527 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23528 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23529 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23530 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23531 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23532 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17569 17773))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23535 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23536 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23538 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23540 If `parens', they look like:
23541 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23542 If `angles', they look like:
23543 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23544 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23545 derived from the envelope-from address.
23547 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23548 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23549 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23550 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23552 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23554 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23555 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23556 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23557 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23559 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23560 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23561 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23562 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23564 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23566 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23567 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23568 This is done when the message is initialized,
23569 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23571 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23573 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23574 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23575 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23577 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23579 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23581 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23582 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23583 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23584 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23585 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23586 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23587 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23589 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23591 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23592 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23594 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23596 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23597 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23598 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23600 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23602 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23603 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23604 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23605 when you first send mail.")
23607 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23609 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23610 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23611 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23612 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23613 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23615 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23617 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23618 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23619 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23620 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23621 This file need not actually exist.")
23623 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23625 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23626 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23627 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23629 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23631 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23632 Alist of mail address aliases,
23633 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23634 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23635 can specify a different file name.)
23636 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23637 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23639 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23640 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23641 nil means use indentation.")
23643 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23645 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23646 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23647 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23649 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23651 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23652 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23653 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23654 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23655 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23656 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23657 in the cited portion of the message.
23659 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23660 instead of no action.")
23662 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23664 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23665 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23666 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23667 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23668 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23670 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23672 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23673 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23674 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23675 If a string, that string is inserted.
23676 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23677 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23678 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23679 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23681 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23683 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23684 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23686 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23688 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23689 Directory for mail buffers.
23690 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23691 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23693 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23695 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23696 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23697 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23698 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23700 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23702 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23703 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23704 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23705 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23708 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23710 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23711 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23712 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23713 `query' means ask the user each time.
23714 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23715 The default is `mime'.
23716 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23717 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23719 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23721 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23722 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23723 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23725 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23726 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23728 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23729 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23730 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23731 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23732 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23733 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23734 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23735 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23736 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23737 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23738 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23739 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23740 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23744 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23745 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23747 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23748 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23750 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23752 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23753 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23754 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23755 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23756 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23757 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23759 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23760 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23761 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23763 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23764 User should not set this variable manually,
23765 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23766 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23767 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23768 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23770 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23771 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23772 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23773 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23775 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23776 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23779 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23781 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23782 to move to message header fields:
23785 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23786 when the message is initialized.
23788 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23789 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23791 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23794 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23795 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23797 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23798 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23799 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23800 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23801 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23802 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23803 buffer without erasing the contents.
23805 The second through fifth arguments,
23806 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23807 the initial contents of those header fields.
23808 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23809 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23810 original message being replied to, or else an action
23811 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23812 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23813 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23814 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23815 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23816 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23818 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23820 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23821 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23823 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23825 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23826 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23828 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23832 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23833 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17591 9480))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23836 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23837 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23838 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23839 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23840 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23841 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23843 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
23844 communications subprocess.
23846 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23848 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23849 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23850 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23852 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23854 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23856 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23857 Toggle Server mode.
23858 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23859 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23860 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23864 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
23865 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
23867 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23869 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23870 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23872 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
23876 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17549 4607))
23877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23879 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23880 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23881 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23885 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23886 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23887 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23888 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23895 ;;;;;; (17524 8650))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23898 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23899 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23901 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23904 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23905 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23906 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23908 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23909 in your `.emacs' file.
23911 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23913 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23914 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23919 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23921 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23922 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23923 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23924 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23925 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23926 which this is based.
23928 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23930 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23931 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23932 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23933 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23935 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23936 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23937 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23939 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23940 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23941 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23942 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23944 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23945 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23946 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23947 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23949 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23951 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23952 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23953 To work around that, do:
23954 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23963 ;;;;;; (17549 4607))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23965 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23967 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23968 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23969 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23970 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23971 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23972 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23974 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23975 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23976 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23977 shell-specific features.
23979 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23980 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23981 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23983 \\[sh-case] case statement
23984 \\[sh-for] for loop
23985 \\[sh-function] function definition
23986 \\[sh-if] if statement
23987 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23988 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23989 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23990 \\[sh-select] select loop
23991 \\[sh-until] until loop
23992 \\[sh-while] while loop
23994 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23995 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23996 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23997 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23998 would indent to the way it currently is.
23999 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24000 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24003 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24004 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24005 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24006 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24007 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24008 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24010 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24012 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24014 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24015 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24016 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24018 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24019 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24023 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24027 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24030 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24031 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24032 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24033 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24034 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24035 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24037 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24041 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24042 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24045 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24046 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24048 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24049 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24050 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24051 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24054 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24056 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24058 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24059 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24060 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24062 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
24063 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
24065 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24066 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24067 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
24068 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24069 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
24070 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24071 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24074 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24075 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24076 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24077 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24078 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24080 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24081 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24082 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24088 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24089 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17390
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24093 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24094 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24095 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24096 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24097 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24098 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24103 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24104 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24105 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24106 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24107 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24111 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24112 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24113 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24114 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24115 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
24116 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24117 `shadow-define-cluster').
24121 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24122 Set up file shadowing.
24128 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24129 ;;;;;; (17591 9570))
24130 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24132 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24133 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24134 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24135 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24136 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24139 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
24141 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24142 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24143 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24144 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24145 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24146 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24147 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24148 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
24149 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
24150 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
24151 discards input when it starts up.)
24152 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24153 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24154 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24156 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24157 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24158 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24159 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24160 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24161 `default-process-coding-system'.
24163 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24164 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24165 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24166 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24171 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24175 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24176 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24179 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24182 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24184 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24187 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24189 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24192 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24197 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24200 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24201 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24202 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24203 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24204 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24206 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17591 9719))
24213 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24214 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24218 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17390
24220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24222 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24223 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24224 \\{simula-mode-map}
24225 Variables controlling indentation style:
24226 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24227 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24228 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24229 `simula-indent-level'
24230 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24231 `simula-substatement-offset'
24232 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24233 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24234 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24235 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24236 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24237 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24238 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24239 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24240 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24241 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24242 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24243 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24244 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24245 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24246 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24247 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24248 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24249 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24250 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24251 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24252 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24253 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24254 or nil if they should not be changed.
24255 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24256 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24257 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24258 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24260 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24261 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24267 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24268 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17524 8650))
24269 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24271 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24272 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24274 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24275 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24276 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24277 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24279 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24281 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24283 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24284 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24285 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24286 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24287 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24289 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24290 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24292 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24294 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24295 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24297 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24298 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24299 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24300 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24302 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24303 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24304 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24305 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24307 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24308 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24309 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24311 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24312 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24314 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24315 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24317 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24318 _ interesting point, interregion here
24319 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24320 interesting point set by _
24321 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24322 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24323 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24324 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24325 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24326 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24329 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24330 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24332 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24333 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24334 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24335 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24336 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24337 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24338 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24339 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24341 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24342 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24343 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24344 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24345 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24348 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24349 then: insert previously read string once more
24350 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24351 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24352 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24354 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24355 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24357 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24359 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24360 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24362 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24363 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24364 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24365 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24366 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24369 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24370 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24371 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24377 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24378 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
24379 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24381 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24382 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24383 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24386 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24388 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24389 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24390 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24396 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24397 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24400 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24401 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24402 A list of images is returned.
24404 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24406 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24407 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24408 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24415 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17390 26943))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24418 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24423 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24424 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17383 38807))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24433 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24434 Play the Snake game.
24435 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24437 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24439 Snake mode keybindings:
24441 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24442 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24443 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24444 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24445 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24446 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24447 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24454 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24457 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24458 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24459 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24460 Tab indents for C code.
24461 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24464 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24469 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24470 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24472 Tab indents for C code.
24473 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24476 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24477 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24483 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24484 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24485 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24488 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24489 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24491 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24492 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24493 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24495 For example, the form
24497 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24498 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24500 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24502 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24504 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24505 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24507 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24508 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24509 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24512 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24514 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24516 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24517 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24519 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24520 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24521 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24524 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24526 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24528 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24529 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24530 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24533 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24535 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24537 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24538 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24539 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24541 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24542 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24544 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24548 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24549 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24550 Requires floating point.
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17383
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24560 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24563 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24564 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24565 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24566 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24567 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24568 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24569 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24570 check after each move or undo)
24574 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24575 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24576 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24595 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24596 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24597 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24598 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24600 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24601 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24602 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24605 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24606 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24608 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24624 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24626 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24632 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24633 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24634 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17466 28166))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24637 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24638 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24640 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24641 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24642 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24643 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24646 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24647 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24648 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24651 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24652 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24654 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24655 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24656 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24657 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24660 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24661 It should move point to the end of the record.
24663 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24664 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24665 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24666 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24667 starts at the beginning of the record.
24669 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24670 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24673 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24674 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24676 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24678 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24679 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24680 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24681 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24682 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24685 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24687 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24688 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24689 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24690 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24691 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24694 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24696 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24697 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24698 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24699 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24700 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24703 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24705 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24706 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24707 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24708 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24709 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24710 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24711 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24712 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24713 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24715 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24717 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24718 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24719 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24720 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24721 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24722 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24723 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24726 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24728 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24729 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24730 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24731 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24732 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24733 is to be used for sorting.
24734 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24735 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24736 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24737 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24738 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24740 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24742 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24745 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24746 starting with the letter \"f\",
24747 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24749 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24751 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24752 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24753 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24754 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24755 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24756 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24757 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24760 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24761 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24762 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24763 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24764 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24766 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24768 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24769 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24770 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24772 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24776 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17441
24778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24780 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24781 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24787 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24788 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24789 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
24790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24792 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24793 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24795 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24796 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24797 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24799 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24801 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24802 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24803 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24806 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24808 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24809 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24810 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24812 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24814 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24815 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24816 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24817 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24822 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24823 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24824 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24825 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24831 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24832 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17549 4607))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24835 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24837 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24838 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24839 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24840 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24841 supported at a time.
24842 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24843 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24847 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24848 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24849 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24850 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24856 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24857 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17390 26946))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24860 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24862 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24863 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24864 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24865 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24866 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24867 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24871 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24872 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24873 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24874 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24878 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24879 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24880 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24881 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24882 for example, \"word\".
24884 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24886 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24887 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24889 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24893 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17383
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24897 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24898 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24902 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24903 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24909 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24910 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24911 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24912 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17390
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24916 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24917 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24919 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24920 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24921 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24922 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24923 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24924 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24925 of the current highlighting list.
24929 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24930 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24932 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24933 `_t' as data types.
24935 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24937 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24938 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24940 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24941 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24943 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24945 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24946 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24947 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24949 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24951 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24952 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24953 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24954 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24955 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24956 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24958 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24959 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24961 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24963 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24964 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24965 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24966 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24968 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24969 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24970 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24971 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24973 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24974 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24975 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24979 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24980 Major mode to edit SQL.
24982 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24983 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24984 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24987 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24989 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24990 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24991 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24992 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24993 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24994 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24996 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24997 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24999 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25000 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25001 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25003 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25005 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25009 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25010 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25012 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25013 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25016 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25018 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25020 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25021 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25023 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25024 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25027 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25028 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25029 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25030 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25032 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25033 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25035 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25036 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25037 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25038 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25039 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25040 `default-process-coding-system'.
25042 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25046 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25047 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25049 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25050 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25053 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25054 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25055 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25056 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25058 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25059 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25061 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25062 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25063 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25064 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25065 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25066 `default-process-coding-system'.
25068 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25072 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25073 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25075 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25076 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25079 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25080 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25082 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25083 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25087 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25090 `default-process-coding-system'.
25092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25096 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25097 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25099 SQLite is free software.
25101 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25102 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25105 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25106 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25107 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25108 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25110 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25111 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25113 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25114 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25115 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25116 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25117 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25118 `default-process-coding-system'.
25120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25124 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25125 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25127 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25129 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25130 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25133 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25134 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25135 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25136 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25138 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25139 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25141 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25142 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25143 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25144 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25145 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25146 `default-process-coding-system'.
25148 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25152 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25153 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25155 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25156 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25159 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25160 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25163 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25164 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25166 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25167 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25168 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25169 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25170 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25171 `default-process-coding-system'.
25173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25177 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25178 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25180 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25181 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25184 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25185 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25187 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25188 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25190 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25191 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25192 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25193 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25194 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25195 `default-process-coding-system'.
25197 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25201 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25202 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25204 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25205 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25208 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25209 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25210 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25211 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25213 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25216 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25217 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25218 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25219 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25220 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25221 `default-process-coding-system'.
25223 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25227 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25228 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25230 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25231 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25234 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25235 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25236 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25237 `sql-postgres-options'.
25239 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25240 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25242 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25243 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25244 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25245 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25246 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25247 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25248 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25249 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25251 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25252 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25258 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25259 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25266 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25269 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25270 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25272 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25273 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25274 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25275 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25276 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25277 `default-process-coding-system'.
25279 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25283 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25284 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25290 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25296 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25297 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25298 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25299 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25301 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25302 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25303 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25304 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25305 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25306 `default-process-coding-system'.
25308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25312 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25313 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25315 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25316 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25319 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25320 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25321 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25322 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25325 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25326 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25327 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25328 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25331 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25332 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25334 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25340 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25341 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25342 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25343 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25344 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17390
25346 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25348 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25349 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25350 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25351 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25352 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25353 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25355 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25357 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25359 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25360 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25361 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25362 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25363 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25364 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25365 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25367 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25369 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25370 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25371 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25372 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25373 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25374 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25375 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25377 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25379 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25380 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25381 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25383 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25385 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25386 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25387 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25391 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25392 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25394 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25396 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25397 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25401 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25402 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25406 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25407 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25408 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25409 chronologically by command name.
25410 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25412 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25414 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25415 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25416 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25418 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25420 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25422 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25424 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25425 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25426 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25427 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25428 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25429 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25430 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25432 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25433 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25434 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25435 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25437 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25441 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25442 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25443 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25444 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25446 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25448 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25449 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25455 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25456 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25459 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25460 Studlify-case the region.
25462 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25464 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25465 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25467 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25469 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25470 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17591 9622))
25477 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25479 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25480 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25481 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25482 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25483 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25484 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25486 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25487 is used instead of `load-path'.
25489 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25490 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25491 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25493 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25497 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25498 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
25499 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25501 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25502 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25503 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25504 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25505 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25506 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25507 original message but it does require a few things:
25509 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25511 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25514 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25515 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25518 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25520 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25522 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25523 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25524 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25530 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17425 24371))
25531 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25533 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25534 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25535 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25537 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25539 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25541 (put (quote t-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25543 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25544 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25545 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25547 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25553 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17390 26945))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25556 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25557 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25558 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25559 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25560 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25564 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25565 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25566 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25567 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25568 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25569 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25570 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25576 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25577 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25578 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25579 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25580 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25581 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25582 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25583 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25584 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25585 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25586 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25587 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25588 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17549 4608))
25589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25591 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25592 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25593 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25595 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25597 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25598 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25600 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25602 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25603 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25605 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25607 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25608 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25610 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25612 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25613 Insert an editable text table.
25614 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25615 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25616 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25617 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25618 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25619 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25624 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25626 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25631 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25632 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25633 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25634 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25637 +-----+-----+-----+
25639 +-----+-----+-----+
25641 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25643 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25644 width, which results as
25646 +--------------+-----+-----+
25648 +--------------+-----+-----+
25650 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25651 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25655 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25657 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25658 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25659 width information to `table-insert'.
25661 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25667 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25670 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25671 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25678 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25683 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25688 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25699 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25700 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25701 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25703 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25706 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25709 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25712 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25714 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25721 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25722 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25723 | | |expected results.-!- |
25724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25729 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25733 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25735 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25736 Insert N table row(s).
25737 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25738 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25739 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25740 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25744 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25745 Insert N table column(s).
25746 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25747 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25748 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25749 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25753 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25754 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25755 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25757 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25759 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25760 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25761 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25762 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25763 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25764 all the table specific features.
25766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25768 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25773 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25774 Recognize all tables within region.
25775 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25776 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25777 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25780 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25782 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25785 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25787 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25788 Recognize a table at point.
25789 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25790 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25791 the table specific features.
25793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25795 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25800 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25801 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25802 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25803 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25804 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25805 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25806 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25808 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25810 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25815 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25816 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25817 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25818 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25819 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25820 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25823 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25825 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25826 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25827 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25828 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25829 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25830 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25831 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25836 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25837 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25838 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25839 table's rectangle structure.
25841 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25843 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25844 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25845 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25846 table's rectangle structure.
25850 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25851 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25852 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25853 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25854 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25856 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25858 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25859 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25860 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25862 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25863 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25864 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25865 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25866 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25867 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25868 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25870 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25871 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25872 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25873 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25874 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25875 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25876 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25878 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25879 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25880 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25881 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25882 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25883 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25884 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25885 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25887 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25889 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25890 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25891 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25892 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25896 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25897 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25898 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25900 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25902 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25903 Split current cell vertically.
25904 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25908 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25909 Split current cell horizontally.
25910 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25914 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25915 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25916 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25918 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25920 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25921 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25922 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25923 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25925 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25927 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25928 Justify cell contents.
25929 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25930 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25931 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25932 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25934 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25936 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25937 Justify cells of a row.
25938 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25939 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25941 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25943 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25944 Justify cells of a column.
25945 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25946 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25948 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25950 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25951 Toggle fixing width mode.
25952 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25953 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25954 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25958 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25959 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25960 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25961 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25962 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25963 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25964 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25965 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25966 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25967 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25968 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25970 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25972 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25973 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25974 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25975 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25976 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25977 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25978 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25979 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25980 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25981 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25982 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25983 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25986 References used for this implementation:
25992 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25994 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25995 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25996 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25998 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26000 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26001 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26002 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26003 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26004 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26005 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26006 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26007 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26008 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26009 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26010 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26011 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26012 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26013 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26014 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26015 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26016 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26021 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26022 (table-forward-cell 15)
26023 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26024 (table-forward-cell 16)
26025 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26026 (table-forward-cell 1)
26027 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26030 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26031 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26032 (table-forward-cell 1)
26033 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26035 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26037 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26038 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26039 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26040 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26041 consists from cells of same height.
26045 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26046 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26047 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26048 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26049 column must consists from cells of same width.
26053 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26054 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26055 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26056 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26057 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26058 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26059 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26060 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26061 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26062 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26063 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26064 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26065 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26066 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26067 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26076 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26077 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26078 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26081 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26083 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26085 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26087 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26091 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26092 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26093 of each row is optional.
26098 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26099 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26100 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26101 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26102 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26104 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26105 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26107 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26108 expression and raw delimiter regular
26109 expression, it parses the specified text
26110 area and extracts cell items from
26111 non-table text and then forms a table out
26114 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26115 creates a single cell table. The text in
26116 the specified region is placed in that
26119 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26122 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26123 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26124 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26126 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26127 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26128 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26129 | area and extracts cell items from |
26130 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26133 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26134 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26135 | the specified region is placed in that |
26137 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26139 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26140 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26143 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26144 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26145 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26146 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26147 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26148 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26149 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26150 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26151 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26153 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26154 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26155 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26156 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26158 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26160 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26161 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26162 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26164 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26166 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26167 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26168 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26169 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26170 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26176 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17390 26945))
26177 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26179 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26180 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26182 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26184 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26185 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26191 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17549 4608))
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26194 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26195 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26196 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26197 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26198 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26199 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26200 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26202 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26203 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26204 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26205 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26207 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26214 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26215 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 25206))
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26218 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26219 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26220 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26221 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26222 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26223 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26225 Variables controlling indentation style:
26227 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26228 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26229 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26231 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26232 documentation for details):
26233 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26234 Controls action of TAB key.
26236 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26237 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26238 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26239 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26240 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26242 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26243 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26251 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26252 Run inferior Tcl process.
26253 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26254 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26258 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26259 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26260 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26262 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17390 26944))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26268 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26270 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26271 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26272 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26273 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26275 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26276 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26277 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26278 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26279 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26281 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26282 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26284 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26285 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26286 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26287 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26293 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17569
26295 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26297 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26298 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26299 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26300 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26301 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26302 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26304 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26306 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26307 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26308 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26309 commands to use in that buffer.
26311 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26313 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26315 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26316 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26318 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26322 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17390
26324 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26326 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26327 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26328 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26329 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26330 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26331 program as keyboard input.
26333 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26334 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26335 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26336 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26338 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26339 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26340 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26341 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26342 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26344 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26346 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26347 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26348 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26349 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26351 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26352 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26353 subprocess started.
26355 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26359 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26360 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26363 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26364 Start coverage on function under point.
26370 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17383 38807))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26373 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26374 Play the Tetris game.
26375 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26376 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26377 as to form complete rows.
26379 tetris-mode keybindings:
26380 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26381 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26382 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26383 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26384 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26385 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26386 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26387 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26388 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26394 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26395 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26396 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26397 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26398 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26399 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26400 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26401 ;;;;;; (17569 17779))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26404 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26405 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26407 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26409 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26410 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26411 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26412 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26413 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26415 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26417 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26418 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26419 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26420 if it matches the first line of the file,
26421 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26423 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26425 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26426 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26427 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26428 if the variable is non-nil.")
26430 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26432 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26433 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26435 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26437 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26438 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26439 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26440 See the documentation of that variable.")
26442 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26444 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26445 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26446 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26447 See the documentation of that variable.")
26449 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26451 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26452 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26453 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26454 See the documentation of that variable.")
26456 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26458 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26459 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26460 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26461 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26462 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26464 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26466 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26467 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26468 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26469 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26471 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26473 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26474 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26475 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26477 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26479 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26480 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26481 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26482 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26484 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26486 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26487 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26488 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26489 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26491 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26493 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26494 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26495 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26496 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26498 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26499 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26502 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26503 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26505 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26508 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26510 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26511 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26512 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26513 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26514 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26516 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26518 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26520 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26521 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26522 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26524 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26526 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26527 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26528 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26529 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26530 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26532 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26534 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26535 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26537 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26539 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26540 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26542 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26544 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26545 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26546 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26547 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26548 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26549 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26550 says which mode to use.
26554 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26556 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26558 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26560 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26561 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26562 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26563 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26564 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26566 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26567 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26568 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26569 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26570 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26571 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26572 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26574 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26575 mismatched $'s or braces.
26578 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26582 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26584 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26585 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26586 tex-dvi-print-command
26587 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26588 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26589 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26590 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26591 tex-dvi-view-command
26592 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26593 tex-show-queue-command
26594 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26595 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26597 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26598 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26599 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26603 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26604 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26605 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26606 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26607 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26609 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26610 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26611 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26612 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26613 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26614 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26615 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26617 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26618 mismatched $'s or braces.
26625 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26627 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26628 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26629 tex-dvi-print-command
26630 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26631 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26632 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26633 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26634 tex-dvi-view-command
26635 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26636 tex-show-queue-command
26637 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26638 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26640 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26641 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26642 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26646 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26647 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26648 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26649 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26650 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26652 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26653 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26654 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26655 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26656 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26657 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26658 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26660 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26661 mismatched $'s or braces.
26664 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26668 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26670 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26671 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26672 tex-dvi-print-command
26673 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26674 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26675 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26676 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26677 tex-dvi-view-command
26678 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26679 tex-show-queue-command
26680 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26681 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26683 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26684 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26685 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26686 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26690 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26695 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26696 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26702 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26703 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17591 9719))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26706 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26707 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26708 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26709 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26711 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26712 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26713 Info-split to do these manually.
26715 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26717 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26718 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26719 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26720 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26721 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26723 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26725 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26726 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26727 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26728 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26730 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26731 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26732 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26733 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26735 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26736 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26738 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26742 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26743 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26746 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26747 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26749 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26751 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26752 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26754 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26756 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26757 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26759 It has these extra commands:
26760 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26762 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26763 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26764 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26765 modified version of TeX input format.
26767 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26768 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26769 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26770 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26772 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26773 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26774 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26775 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26776 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26777 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26778 in the Texinfo file.
26780 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26781 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26782 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26783 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26784 move forward past the closing brace.
26786 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26787 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26789 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26790 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26791 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26793 Here are the functions:
26795 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26796 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26797 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26799 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26800 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26801 texinfo-master-menu
26803 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26805 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26806 which menu descriptions are indented.
26808 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26809 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26812 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26813 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26814 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26815 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26817 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26818 be the first node in the file.
26820 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26821 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26827 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26828 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26829 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26830 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
26831 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26833 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26834 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26835 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26836 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26838 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26840 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26841 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26843 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26845 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26846 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26850 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26853 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26855 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26856 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26857 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26858 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26861 The return value is number of composed characters.
26863 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26865 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26866 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26872 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26873 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26874 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17591 9294))
26875 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26877 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26878 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26880 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26882 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26883 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26884 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26885 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26886 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26888 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26889 a symbol as a valid THING.
26891 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26892 of the textual entity that was found.
26894 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26896 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26897 Return the THING at point.
26898 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26899 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26900 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26902 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26903 a symbol as a valid THING.
26905 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26907 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26912 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26917 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26922 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26929 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26930 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26931 ;;;;;; (17591 9719))
26932 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26934 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26935 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26939 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26940 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26941 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26942 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26944 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26946 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26947 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26951 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26952 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26956 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26958 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26959 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26965 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26966 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26967 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26968 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26969 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26970 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17279 27080))
26971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26973 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26974 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26975 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26979 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26980 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26982 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26984 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26985 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26986 The returned string has no composition information.
26988 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26990 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26991 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26993 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26995 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26996 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27000 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27001 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27002 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27003 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27005 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27007 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27008 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27009 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27010 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27012 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27014 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27017 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27019 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27020 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27021 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27025 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27026 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27027 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27031 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27034 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27036 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27039 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27041 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27044 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27048 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27049 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
27050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27052 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27053 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27054 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27055 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27057 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27061 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27062 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27063 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27064 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27066 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27072 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27073 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17390 26947))
27074 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27076 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27077 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27079 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
27081 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27082 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27083 This display updates automatically every minute.
27084 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27085 are displayed as well.
27086 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27090 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27091 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27092 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27094 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
27096 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
27098 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27100 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27101 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27102 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27104 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27105 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27106 are displayed as well.
27107 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27113 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27114 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27115 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27116 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
27118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27120 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27121 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27123 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27125 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27126 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27127 You can use `float-time' instead.
27129 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27131 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27132 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27134 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27136 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27137 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27139 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27141 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27142 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27144 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27146 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27147 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27148 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27150 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27152 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27154 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27155 Subtract two time values.
27156 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27158 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27160 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27161 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27163 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27165 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27166 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27167 DATE should be a date-time string.
27169 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27171 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27172 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27173 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27175 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27177 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27178 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27180 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27182 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27183 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27185 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27187 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27188 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27189 TIME should be a time value.
27190 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27192 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27194 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27195 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27196 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27198 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27202 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27203 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17490 7930))
27204 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27205 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27206 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27207 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27208 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27209 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27210 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27211 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27213 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27214 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27215 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27216 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27217 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27218 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27219 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27220 look like one of the following:
27223 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27224 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27225 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27226 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27227 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27228 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27229 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27234 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27235 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27236 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27242 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27243 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27244 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27245 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27246 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
27247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27249 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27250 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27251 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27252 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27253 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27254 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27255 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27256 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27257 display (non-nil means on).
27259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27261 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27262 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27263 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27264 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27265 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27266 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27267 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27268 this function is called within a day.
27270 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27271 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27272 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27273 discover the name of the project.
27275 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27277 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27278 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27279 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27280 begun during the last time segment.
27282 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27283 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27284 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27285 discover the reason.
27287 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27289 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27290 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27291 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27292 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27293 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27295 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27297 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27298 Change to working on a different project.
27299 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27300 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27301 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27304 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27306 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27307 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27308 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27312 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27313 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27314 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27318 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27319 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27320 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27321 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27322 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27323 \"relative to today\".
27325 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27327 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27328 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27329 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27330 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27332 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27334 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27335 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27336 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27337 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27338 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27339 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27341 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27345 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27346 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27347 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17390 26938))
27348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27350 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27352 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27353 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27355 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27357 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27358 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27360 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27362 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27363 Perform an action at time TIME.
27364 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27365 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27366 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27367 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27368 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27369 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27371 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27373 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27375 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27376 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27377 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27378 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27379 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27381 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27383 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27385 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27386 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27387 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27388 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27390 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27392 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27393 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27394 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27395 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27397 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27398 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27400 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27402 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27403 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27405 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27406 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27407 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27408 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27409 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27410 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27413 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27417 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27418 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17279 27079))
27419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27421 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27422 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27423 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27424 the generated Quail package is saved.
27426 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27428 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27429 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27430 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27431 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27432 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27433 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27434 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27436 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27440 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27441 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17279
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27445 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27450 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27453 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27455 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27456 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27457 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27460 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27464 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27465 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17390 26947))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27467 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27468 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27469 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27471 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27472 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27473 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27474 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27475 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27477 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27479 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27480 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27481 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27482 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27483 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27485 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27487 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27488 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27489 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27490 in the menu in two ways:
27491 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27492 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27493 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27495 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27496 keymap or an alist of alists.
27497 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27498 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27500 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27504 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27505 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27506 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27509 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27510 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27514 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27515 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27517 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27519 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27520 Insert new TODO list entry.
27521 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27526 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27527 List top priorities for each category.
27529 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27530 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27532 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27533 between each category.
27535 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27537 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27538 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27539 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27540 between each category.
27542 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27544 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27546 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27547 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27553 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27554 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27558 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27565 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27566 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27567 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17496 38966))
27568 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27570 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27571 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27572 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27576 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27578 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27579 Add an item to the tool bar.
27580 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27581 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27582 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27583 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27585 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27586 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27587 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27588 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27590 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27591 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27593 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27595 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27596 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27597 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27598 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27599 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27600 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27602 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27603 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27604 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27605 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27607 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27609 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27610 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27611 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27612 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27613 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27614 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27615 properties to add to the binding.
27617 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27619 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27620 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27622 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27624 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27625 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27626 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27627 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27628 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27629 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27630 properties to add to the binding.
27632 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27635 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27639 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27640 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
27641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27643 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27644 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27645 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27647 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27649 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27651 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27653 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27658 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27660 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27661 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27667 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27668 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17390 26938))
27669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27671 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27672 Set scroll margins.
27674 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27676 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27677 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27681 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27682 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17478 25158))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27691 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27692 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27693 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27694 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27695 to a tcp server on another machine.
27697 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27701 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27702 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17390 26938))
27703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27705 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27706 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27708 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27710 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27711 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27712 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27713 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27714 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27715 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27716 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27717 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27719 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27721 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27722 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27723 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27724 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27725 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27726 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27727 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27729 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27733 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27734 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27735 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27736 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17591 9291))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27739 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27740 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27741 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27743 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27744 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27745 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27746 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27748 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27749 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27750 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27751 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27753 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27754 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27755 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27756 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27757 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27758 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27759 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27760 files which are not really tramp files.
27762 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27763 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27764 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27765 updated after changing this variable.
27767 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27769 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27771 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27772 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27773 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27774 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27776 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27777 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27778 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27779 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27781 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27782 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27783 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27785 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27786 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27787 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27788 updated after changing this variable.
27790 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27792 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27794 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27795 Alist of completion handler functions.
27796 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27797 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27798 normal Emacs functions.")
27800 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27801 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27802 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27803 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27805 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27806 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27807 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27808 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27810 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27811 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27812 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27814 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27816 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27817 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27818 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27820 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27821 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or partial-completion-mode (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27824 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27826 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27831 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27832 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27834 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27836 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27837 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27839 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27841 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27842 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27849 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27852 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27859 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27860 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27861 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27862 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27863 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27864 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17591
27866 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27868 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27869 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27873 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27874 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27876 Convenience command that:
27878 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27879 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27880 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27882 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27883 image files in dired and type
27884 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27886 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27888 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27889 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27891 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27893 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27894 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27895 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27896 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27897 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27900 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27901 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27902 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27904 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27905 instead of erasing it first.
27907 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27908 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27909 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27910 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27911 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27912 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27914 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27916 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27917 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27918 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27919 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27924 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27926 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27927 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27931 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27932 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27933 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27937 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27938 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27942 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27943 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27944 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27945 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27949 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27950 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27954 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27955 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27959 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27960 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27964 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27965 Display current image file.
27966 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27967 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27971 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27972 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27976 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27977 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27978 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27979 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27980 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27981 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27982 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27988 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27989 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17390 26946))
27990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27991 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27992 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27993 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27995 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27996 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27997 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27998 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27999 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28000 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28001 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28003 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28005 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28006 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28007 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28008 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28010 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28014 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28015 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28016 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28017 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28018 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28019 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28020 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28022 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28023 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28025 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28028 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28030 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28036 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28037 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28038 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28039 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28040 ;;;;;; (17390 26947))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28043 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28044 Toggle typing break mode.
28045 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28047 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28049 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
28051 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28052 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28054 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
28056 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28057 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28059 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28060 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28061 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28063 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28064 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28066 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
28068 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28069 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28071 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28072 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28073 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28074 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28076 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
28078 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28079 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28080 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28082 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28083 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28084 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28085 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28086 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28087 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28089 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28090 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28091 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28092 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28094 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28095 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28097 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28098 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28100 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
28102 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28103 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28104 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28106 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28107 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28108 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28109 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28110 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28111 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28112 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28114 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28115 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28117 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28118 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28119 reset the keystroke counter.
28121 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28122 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28123 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28124 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28126 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28127 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28128 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28129 `type-break-schedule' command.
28131 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28132 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28133 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28134 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28135 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28136 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28137 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28138 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28139 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28141 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28142 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28143 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28144 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28145 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28147 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28148 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28149 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28150 approximate good values for this.
28152 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28153 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28155 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28156 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28157 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28158 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28159 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28160 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28162 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28163 a typing break occur. They include:
28165 `type-break-query-mode'
28166 `type-break-query-function'
28167 `type-break-query-interval'
28169 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28171 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28172 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28173 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28176 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28178 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28179 Take a typing break.
28181 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28182 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28184 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28185 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28189 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28190 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28191 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28192 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28196 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28197 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28199 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28200 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28201 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28202 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28203 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28204 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28205 average typing speed.)
28207 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28208 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28209 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28210 the computed maximum threshold.
28212 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28213 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28214 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28215 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28216 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28218 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28222 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28223 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17390 26946))
28224 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28226 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28227 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28228 Works by overstriking underscores.
28229 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28230 which specify the range to operate on.
28232 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28234 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28235 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28236 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28237 which specify the range to operate on.
28239 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28243 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28244 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17390 26943))
28245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28247 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28248 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28249 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28253 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28254 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28255 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28256 following the containing message.
28262 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28263 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
28264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28266 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28267 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28268 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28269 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28270 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28271 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28275 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28276 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28278 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28282 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28286 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28287 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28288 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28289 of symbols with local bindings.
28291 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28295 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28296 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17403 14074))
28297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28299 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28300 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28301 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28303 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28304 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28305 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
28306 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
28307 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
28308 followed by CBARGS.
28310 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28313 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28315 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28316 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28317 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28318 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28319 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28325 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28326 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
28327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28329 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28330 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28331 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28333 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28334 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28335 `url-generic-parse-url'
28336 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28337 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28338 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28340 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28341 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28342 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28343 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28344 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28345 what type of auth to use
28346 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28347 if one cannot be found in the cache
28349 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28351 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28352 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28354 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28355 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28356 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28357 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28358 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28359 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28360 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28361 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28363 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28367 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28368 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28372 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28373 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28375 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28377 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28378 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28380 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28382 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28383 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28385 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28387 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28388 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28390 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28394 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28397 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28400 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28404 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28405 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17383 38807))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28408 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28411 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28413 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28420 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28424 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28425 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28427 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28431 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28432 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17490 7930))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28435 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28436 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28440 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28441 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28442 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28443 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28445 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28449 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28450 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17490
28452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28454 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28455 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28456 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28458 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28460 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28462 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28463 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28467 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28468 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28469 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28470 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28471 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28472 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28473 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28474 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28475 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28477 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28479 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28480 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28481 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28484 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28486 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28489 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28493 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28494 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17515 24863))
28495 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28497 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28498 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28499 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28500 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28501 CBARGS as the arguments.
28503 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28505 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28508 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28510 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28512 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28515 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28517 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28518 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28519 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28521 Property list members:
28524 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28528 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28532 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28535 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28538 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28539 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28540 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28543 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28547 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 9873))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28550 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28553 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28557 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28561 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28562 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28563 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28564 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28565 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28567 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28571 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28572 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28573 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28575 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28578 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28580 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28581 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28583 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28587 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28588 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28589 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28591 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28592 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28594 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28596 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28597 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28601 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28606 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28608 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28610 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28612 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28613 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28619 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28620 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28623 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28628 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28636 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28637 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28640 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28643 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28645 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28648 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28650 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28653 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28655 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28658 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28660 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28663 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28665 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28668 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28670 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28673 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28677 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28678 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17383 38807))
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28681 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28682 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28684 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28687 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28689 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28695 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28696 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28699 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28700 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28706 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28707 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28708 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28709 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28710 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28711 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28712 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28715 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28716 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28717 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28719 If t, all messages will be logged.
28720 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28721 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28723 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28725 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28728 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28730 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28733 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28735 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28736 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28737 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28738 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28739 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28745 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28747 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28748 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28749 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28751 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28753 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28754 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28755 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28757 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28759 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28760 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28762 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28764 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28765 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28769 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28770 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28774 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28779 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28782 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28784 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28787 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28789 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28790 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28792 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28794 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28797 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28799 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28800 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28801 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28802 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28803 forbidden in URL encoding.
28805 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28807 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28808 Escape characters in a string.
28810 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28812 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28813 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28814 If optional variable X is t,
28815 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28817 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28819 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28820 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28821 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28823 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28825 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28826 View the current document's URL.
28827 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28830 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28832 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28836 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28837 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17390 26947))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28840 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28841 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28842 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28843 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28844 to refrain from editing the file
28845 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28846 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28847 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28848 in any way you like.
28850 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28853 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28854 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28855 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28856 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28858 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28859 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17279 27196))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28867 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28871 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28872 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28873 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28876 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28877 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28878 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28879 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28881 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28883 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28884 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28885 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28887 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28889 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28890 Uudecode region between START and END.
28891 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28893 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28897 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28898 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28899 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28900 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28901 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28902 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28903 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17591 9719))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28906 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28907 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28910 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28912 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28913 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28914 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28916 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28918 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28919 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28922 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28924 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28925 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28927 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28929 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28930 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28932 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28934 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28935 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28936 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28937 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28938 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28939 somebody else, signal error.
28941 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28943 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28944 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28945 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28946 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28947 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28949 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28951 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28952 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28953 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28954 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28955 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28956 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28957 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28958 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28959 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28960 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28961 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28962 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28964 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28966 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28967 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28969 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28970 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28972 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28973 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28974 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28975 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28976 lock steals will raise an error.
28978 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28980 For RCS and SCCS files:
28981 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28983 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28984 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28985 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28986 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28987 it performs a revert.
28988 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28989 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28990 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28991 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28992 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28993 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28994 the option to steal the lock.
28997 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28998 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28999 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29000 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29001 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29002 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29003 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29004 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29005 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29007 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29009 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29010 Register the current file into a version control system.
29011 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29012 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29014 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29015 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29016 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29017 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29018 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29019 first backend that could register the file is used.
29021 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29023 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29024 Display diffs between file versions.
29025 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29026 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29027 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29028 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29029 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29032 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29034 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29035 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29036 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29037 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29041 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29042 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29043 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29044 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29048 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29049 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29050 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29051 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29052 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29053 from the current branch.
29055 See Info node `Merging'.
29059 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29061 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29062 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29064 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29066 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29067 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29069 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29071 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29072 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29073 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29074 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29075 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29076 are checked out in that new branch.
29078 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29080 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29081 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29082 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29083 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29084 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29085 allowed and simply skipped).
29087 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29089 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29090 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29091 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29093 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29095 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29096 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29097 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29098 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29099 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29103 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29104 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29105 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29106 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29107 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29108 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29112 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29113 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29114 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29116 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29118 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29119 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29120 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29121 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29122 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29123 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29124 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29126 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29128 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29129 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29130 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29131 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29132 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29133 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29134 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29135 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29136 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29138 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29140 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29141 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29143 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29145 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29146 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29147 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29150 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29152 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29153 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29154 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29156 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29157 log entries should be gathered.
29159 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29161 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29162 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29164 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29165 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29166 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29167 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29168 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29169 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29171 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29172 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29173 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29174 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29175 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29176 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29177 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29178 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29180 Customization variables:
29182 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29183 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29184 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29185 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29187 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17390 26947))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29193 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29194 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29197 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
29202 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29203 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29204 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29205 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29207 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29213 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29214 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29217 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29221 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29222 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29225 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29226 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29227 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29229 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29230 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29234 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29235 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29238 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29239 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29240 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29242 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29243 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29245 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29246 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29247 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29248 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17390 27354))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29254 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29255 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29256 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29258 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29260 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29265 ;;;;;; (17505 62397))
29266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29268 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29269 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29274 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29275 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29276 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29277 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29278 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29279 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29280 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29281 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29282 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29284 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29285 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29286 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29287 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29289 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29290 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29291 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29292 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29293 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29295 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29296 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29300 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29301 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29302 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29306 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29307 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29308 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29309 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29311 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29312 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29313 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29314 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29315 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29319 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29320 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29321 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29322 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29324 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29325 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29326 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29327 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29328 beginning with \"std\").
29330 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29331 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29332 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29337 `--' puts a single comment.
29338 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29339 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29340 with a comment in between.
29341 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29342 out following lines.
29343 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29344 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29346 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29347 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29348 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29349 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29350 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29353 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29354 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29355 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29356 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29357 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29358 multi-line comments.
29362 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29363 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29364 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29365 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29367 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29368 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29369 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29370 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29372 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29373 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29376 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29377 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29381 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29382 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29383 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29384 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29385 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29386 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29387 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29388 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29390 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29391 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29392 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29393 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29394 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29397 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29398 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29399 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29401 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29402 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29406 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29407 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29408 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29409 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29410 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29411 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29414 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29415 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29416 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29417 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29420 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29424 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29425 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29426 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29427 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29428 internal signal initializations (menu).
29430 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29431 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29432 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29434 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29435 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29436 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29437 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29438 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29439 in subsequent paste operations.)
29441 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29442 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29443 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29446 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29447 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29448 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29449 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29450 association list with formals).
29453 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29454 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29455 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29456 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29457 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29458 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29459 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29460 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29465 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29469 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29473 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29474 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29475 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29477 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29478 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29481 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29482 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29483 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29484 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29486 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29487 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29488 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29490 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29491 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29492 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29493 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29495 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29496 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29497 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29498 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29499 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29501 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29502 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29503 required by secondary units.
29506 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29507 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29508 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29509 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29510 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29511 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29512 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29513 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29514 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29515 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29516 inputs to this component -> input port created
29517 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29518 outputs from this component -> output port created
29519 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29520 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29522 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29523 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29524 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29525 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29526 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29528 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29529 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29531 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29532 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29533 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29534 component instantiation is also supported (option
29535 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29537 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29538 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29539 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29540 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29541 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29542 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29543 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29544 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29545 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29546 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29547 | generating the configuration.
29549 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29550 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29551 | configurations in speedbar.
29553 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29556 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29557 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29558 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29559 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29560 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29561 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29562 information. New compilers can be added.
29564 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29565 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29568 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29569 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29570 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29571 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29572 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29574 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29577 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29578 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29579 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29581 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29582 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29583 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29584 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29585 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29586 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29587 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29590 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29591 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29592 not (yet) supported.
29593 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29594 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29595 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29599 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29600 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29601 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29602 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29603 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29604 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29605 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29606 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29608 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29609 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29610 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29611 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29612 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29613 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29614 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29615 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29616 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29617 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29618 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29622 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29623 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29624 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29625 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29626 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29627 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29628 current directory for VHDL source files.
29632 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29633 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29637 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29638 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29639 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29640 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29641 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29642 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29643 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29644 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29647 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29648 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29649 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29650 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29651 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29652 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29653 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29655 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29656 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29657 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29658 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29659 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29660 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29662 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29663 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29664 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29665 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29666 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29669 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29670 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29671 highlighted if written in lower case.
29673 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29674 highlighted using a different background color if option
29675 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29677 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29678 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29679 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29680 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29681 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29685 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29686 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29687 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29691 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29692 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29693 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29694 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29695 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29699 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29700 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29702 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29703 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29704 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29705 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29706 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29707 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29708 (used to obtain the port names).
29712 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29713 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29717 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29718 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29719 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29720 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29721 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29722 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29723 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29728 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29729 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29730 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29731 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29732 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29734 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29735 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29736 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29737 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29738 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29741 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29742 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29746 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29747 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29748 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29750 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29754 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29755 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29757 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29759 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29761 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29765 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29771 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29772 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29774 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29776 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29777 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29778 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29779 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29781 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29782 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29783 where the latest version can be found.
29789 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29790 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29791 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29794 The VHDL Mode Authors
29795 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29806 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17279 27079))
29807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29809 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29810 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29811 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29812 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29814 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29815 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29816 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29817 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29818 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29820 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29821 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29823 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29825 * Limitations and unsupported features
29826 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29828 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29829 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29832 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29833 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29834 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29835 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29836 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29837 for undoing a repeated change command.
29838 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29839 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29840 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29843 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29844 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29845 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29846 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29847 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29848 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29849 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29850 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29852 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29858 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29859 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29860 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29861 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17279 27080))
29862 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29864 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29865 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29867 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29869 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29870 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29871 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29872 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29874 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29876 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29877 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29881 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29882 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29883 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29884 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29886 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29888 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29889 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29893 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29896 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29898 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29901 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29905 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29906 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29907 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
29909 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29911 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29912 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29913 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29914 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29916 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29918 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29919 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29920 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29921 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29922 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29923 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29924 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29926 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29930 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29931 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29932 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29933 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29934 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29935 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29936 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29937 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29939 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29943 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29944 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29945 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29946 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29947 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29948 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29949 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29950 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29952 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29956 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29957 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29958 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29959 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29960 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29961 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29962 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29964 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29966 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29967 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29968 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29970 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29972 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29973 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29974 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29976 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29977 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29979 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29983 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29984 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29985 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29987 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29989 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29990 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29991 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29992 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29993 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29994 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29995 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29996 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29998 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30000 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30001 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30002 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30004 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30006 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30007 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30008 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30010 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30011 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30012 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30015 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30016 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30017 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30018 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30019 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30021 H, h, ? This message.
30022 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30023 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30024 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30025 > move to the end of buffer.
30026 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30027 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30028 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30029 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30030 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30031 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30032 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30033 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30034 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30035 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30036 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30037 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30038 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30039 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30040 Use this to view a changing file.
30041 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30042 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30043 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30045 x exchanges point and mark.
30046 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30047 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30048 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30049 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30050 ' go to position saved in character register.
30051 s do forward incremental search.
30052 r do reverse incremental search.
30053 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30054 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30055 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30056 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30057 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30058 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30059 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30060 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30061 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30062 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30063 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30064 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30065 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30066 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30067 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30068 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30069 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30071 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30072 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30073 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30074 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30075 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30076 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30077 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30078 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30079 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30081 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30085 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30086 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30087 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30088 `view-return-to-alist'.
30089 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30090 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30091 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30093 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30094 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30095 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30096 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30097 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30099 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30100 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30101 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30102 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30104 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30106 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30108 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30110 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30111 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30117 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17390
30119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30121 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30122 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30126 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30127 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30134 ;;;;;; (17569 17781))
30135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30137 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30138 Toggle Viper on/off.
30139 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30143 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30144 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30150 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30151 ;;;;;; (17496 38727))
30152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30154 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30155 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30156 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30157 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30158 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30159 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30160 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30161 the beginning of the warning.")
30163 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30164 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30165 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30166 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30167 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30168 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30169 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30170 also call that function before the next warning.")
30172 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30173 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30175 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30176 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30177 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30178 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30180 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30181 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30182 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30183 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30184 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30185 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30187 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30188 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30189 Default is :warning.
30191 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30192 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30193 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30194 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30195 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30196 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30198 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30199 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30201 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30203 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30204 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30206 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30208 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30209 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30210 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30211 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30213 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30214 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30215 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30216 can be whatever you like.)
30218 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30219 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30221 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30222 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30223 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30224 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30225 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30227 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30229 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30230 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30231 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30232 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30233 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30235 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30239 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30240 ;;;;;; (17425 24371))
30241 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30243 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30244 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30245 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30246 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30247 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30256 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17390 26944))
30257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30259 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30260 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30262 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30265 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30272 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30273 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30275 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30276 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30278 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30280 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30281 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30282 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30284 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30286 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
30288 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30290 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30291 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30292 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30293 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30295 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30302 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30303 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30304 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30305 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30306 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30307 ;;;;;; (17549 4608))
30308 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30310 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30311 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30315 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30316 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30320 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30321 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30325 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30326 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30330 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30331 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30335 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30336 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30338 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30339 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30340 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30341 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30342 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30344 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30346 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30347 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30349 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30351 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30352 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30356 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30357 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30358 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30362 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30363 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30367 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30369 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30370 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30371 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30373 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30375 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
30377 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30378 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30379 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30381 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30382 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30386 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30387 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30388 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30394 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30395 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17390 26950))
30396 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30398 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30399 Browse the widget under point.
30403 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30404 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30406 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30408 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30409 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30411 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30413 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30414 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30415 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30421 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30422 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17401
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30426 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30427 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30429 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30431 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30432 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30433 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30435 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30437 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30438 Create widget of TYPE.
30439 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30441 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30443 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30446 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30448 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30449 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30451 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30453 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30455 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30456 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30457 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30459 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30460 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30466 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30467 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17390
30469 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30471 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30472 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30473 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30474 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30475 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30476 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30477 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30481 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30482 Select the window above the current one.
30483 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30484 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30485 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30486 negative ARG) of the current window.
30487 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30491 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30492 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30493 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30494 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30495 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30496 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30497 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30501 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30502 Select the window below the current one.
30503 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30504 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30505 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30506 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30507 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30511 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30512 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30513 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30514 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30516 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30520 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30521 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30522 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30524 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30525 Toggle Winner mode.
30526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30527 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30529 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30531 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30532 Toggle Winner mode.
30533 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30539 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30540 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17466 28571))
30541 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30543 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30544 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30545 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30546 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30547 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30548 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30549 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30550 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30552 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30553 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30555 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30557 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30558 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30562 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30563 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30564 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30565 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30566 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30567 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30568 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30569 `woman' command for further details.
30571 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30575 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30576 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
30577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30579 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30580 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30583 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30584 are not implemented
30585 - Options for search and replace
30586 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30587 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30589 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30592 The key bindings are:
30602 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30604 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30605 C-l ws-repeat-search
30608 C-r scroll-down-line
30615 C-y kill-complete-line
30618 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30619 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30620 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30621 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30622 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30623 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30624 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30625 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30626 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30627 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30628 C-k b ws-begin-block
30629 C-k c ws-copy-block
30630 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30632 C-k h ws-show-markers
30633 C-k i ws-indent-block
30635 C-k p ws-print-block
30638 C-k s save-some-buffers
30640 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30641 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30642 C-k v ws-move-block
30643 C-k w ws-write-block
30645 C-k y ws-delete-block
30647 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30648 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30649 C-o j justify-current-line
30652 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30653 C-o r set-fill-column
30654 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30655 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30656 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30657 C-o wo other-window
30658 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30660 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30661 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30662 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30663 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30664 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30665 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30666 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30667 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30668 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30669 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30670 C-q a ws-query-replace
30671 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30672 C-q c end-of-buffer
30675 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30677 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30678 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30679 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30680 C-q w ws-last-error
30682 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30688 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30689 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30690 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30692 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30693 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30694 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30695 Returns the top node with all its children.
30696 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30697 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30699 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30701 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30702 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30703 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30704 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30705 is not well-formed XML.
30706 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30707 and returned as the first element of the list.
30708 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30710 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30714 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
30716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30718 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30719 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30720 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30722 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30724 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30726 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30728 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30729 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30730 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30732 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30733 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30734 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30735 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30736 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30737 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30743 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
30745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30747 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30748 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30750 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30752 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30753 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30759 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30760 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17383 38807))
30761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30763 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30764 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30766 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30768 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30769 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30771 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30773 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30774 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30775 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30777 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30779 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30780 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30786 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
30787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30789 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30790 Zone out, completely.
30796 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30797 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17390 26944))
30798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30800 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30801 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30805 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30806 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30808 Zone-mode does two things:
30810 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30811 when saving the file
30819 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30941 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30942 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30943 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30944 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30945 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30946 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30947 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30948 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30949 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30950 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30951 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "termdev.el"
30952 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
30953 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
30954 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
30955 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
30956 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
30957 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30958 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30959 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30960 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30961 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30962 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30963 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17591 11825 253467))
30967 ;;; Local Variables:
30968 ;;; version-control: never
30969 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30970 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30972 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here